1 #LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 % provides missing characters,
17 % see note in chapter 'Character Tables'
20 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
21 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
23 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
24 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
25 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
27 \usepackage{courier} }
28 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
29 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
31 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
32 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
33 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
36 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
37 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
38 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
39 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
40 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
41 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
42 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
43 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
44 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
46 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
48 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
49 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
51 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
53 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
54 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
55 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
58 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
62 \options bibtotoc,BCOR7mm
74 \paperorientation portrait
77 \paragraph_separation indent
79 \quotes_language english
83 \paperpagestyle default
84 \tracking_changes false
99 \begin_layout Standard
101 Principal maintainer of this file is
106 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX
107 Documentation mailing list:
109 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
117 \begin_layout Standard
118 \begin_inset Note Note
121 \begin_layout Standard
122 To export this document as pdf, ps or dvi, the LaTeX-package
129 \begin_layout Standard
130 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
138 \begin_layout Standard
139 \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
146 \begin_layout Chapter
150 \begin_layout Section
154 \begin_layout Standard
155 LyX is a document preparation system.
156 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
157 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
158 It is unlike most other
159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
166 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
168 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
180 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
185 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
189 \begin_layout Standard
190 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
203 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
207 \begin_layout Standard
209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
220 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
221 the format of all of the manuals.
222 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
223 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
240 \begin_layout Section
244 \begin_layout Subsection
248 \begin_layout Standard
249 Similar to other Linux [and other brands of Unix] programs, you start LyX
255 You can, of course, include several command-line options, including file
257 We're not going to repeat all of the command-line options here, since we've
258 already done that in the
263 Check there for more info.
266 \begin_layout Standard
267 There are one or two things we'd like to comment on:
270 \begin_layout Standard
271 Please note that if you include more than one file name on the command line,
272 LyX will load them all, though it won't display them all simultaneously.
273 More on that in a bit.
276 \begin_layout Subsection
280 \begin_layout Standard
281 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
283 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
284 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
286 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
292 (a term which we've swiped, lock, stock, and barrel, from GNU Emacs), which
294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
306 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
309 \begin_layout Standard
310 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
311 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
312 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
314 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
315 only a vertical scrollbar.
318 \begin_layout Standard
319 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
320 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
321 This, however, is due
322 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
323 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
324 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
325 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
327 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
328 this doesn't work for equations yet.
331 \begin_layout Subsection
335 \begin_layout Standard
336 First, the bad news: the help system is not as thorough or idiot-proof as
337 in many commercial applications.
342 \begin_layout Standard
343 Now the good news: the help system consists of the LyX manuals.
348 of the manuals from inside LyX.
349 Just select the manual you want read from the
359 \begin_layout Standard
360 While we're at it, we'd like to make a comment about the manuals.
361 They're not idiot-proof, not in the least.
362 Here's what one of our authors,
366 , once said about manuals:
369 \begin_layout Quotation
373 \begin_layout Quotation
374 Yes, we've all dealt with the terse, poorly-translated, or cryptic manuals.
375 They are aggravating.
376 I find, however, that the overly simplified ones are even more aggravating.
377 First, they spend about half their time carefully explaining to the user
378 how to operate a mouse, what a menu is, et cetera, ad nauseum.
379 Please, if someone doesn't know how to use their own computer, or a GUI,
380 then they should sit down and learn
384 they start up a major piece of software.
387 \begin_layout Quotation
388 Second, what information they do provide seems to assume that the user is
390 Utter nonsense! Most users, in my experience, are some combination of clueless
391 and intimidated, not stupid.
392 Besides, if someone is truly slow on the uptake, they need help that a
393 manual for a piece of computer software can't give.
396 \begin_layout Standard
399 Editor's Note: With this in mind, I've instructed all of the other authors
400 to avoid patronizing you, the reader, and to be more pedagogical than pedantic.
401 As for those who are too lazy to read and understand the manuals --- well,
402 as we say here in America, there's no such thing as a free lunch.
406 \begin_layout Section
410 \begin_layout Subsection
411 Basic File Operations
414 \begin_layout Standard
422 menu are the 9 basic operations for any word processor in addition to some
423 more advanced operations:
426 \begin_layout Itemize
435 \begin_layout Itemize
447 \begin_layout Itemize
456 \begin_layout Itemize
465 \begin_layout Itemize
474 \begin_layout Itemize
485 \begin_layout Itemize
494 \begin_layout Itemize
503 \begin_layout Itemize
513 \begin_layout Standard
514 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
515 a few minor differences.
521 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
530 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
531 you for a template to use.
532 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
533 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
534 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
537 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:doc-classes}
544 \begin_layout Standard
546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
569 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
570 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
573 \begin_layout Standard
581 command is useful if more people work on the same document at the same
586 \begin_layout Standard
587 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
600 It will simply reload the document from disk.
601 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
602 and want to restore it to the last save.
605 \begin_layout Standard
606 The second matter of note concerns the commands
611 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
623 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
639 to save us all from our own stupidity.
640 That is, if you try to close a file with changes [or exit LyX], you'll
641 be informed that there are unsaved files.
644 \begin_layout Subsection
645 Basic Editing Features
648 \begin_layout Standard
649 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
650 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
651 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
652 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
654 We'll start with cut and paste.
657 \begin_layout Standard
658 As you might expect, the
665 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
666 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
670 \begin_layout Itemize
676 \begin_layout Itemize
682 \begin_layout Itemize
688 \begin_layout Itemize
696 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
700 \begin_layout Standard
701 The first three are self-explanatory.
702 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
703 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
712 keys also functions as the
717 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
718 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
719 it with what you just typed.
727 to get back the lost text.
730 \begin_layout Standard
736 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
743 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
753 The text you want to find goes in the
762 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
770 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
780 You can click to search again to skip the current word.
783 \begin_layout Standard
792 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
795 \begin_layout Standard
805 toggle button can be used if you want the search to consider the case of
807 If the toggle is set, searching for
808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
819 will not match the word
820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
834 \begin_layout Standard
843 toggle button can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
884 \begin_layout Subsection
888 \begin_layout Standard
889 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
890 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
896 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
903 to undo some mistake.
904 If you accidently undo too much, use
909 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
924 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimise memory
929 \begin_layout Standard
930 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
931 it was last saved, the
932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
939 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
940 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
943 \begin_layout Standard
958 work on almost everything in LyX.
959 They have some quirks, too.
974 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
975 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
989 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
990 hopefully appreciate how it works.
993 \begin_layout Subsection
997 \begin_layout Standard
998 We're not going to go into all of the mouse bindings here.
999 Some of the other sections of this manual cover specific operations you
1000 can do with the mouse.
1001 Instead, we're going to cover the most basic mouse operations.
1004 \begin_layout Enumerate
1009 \begin_layout Itemize
1014 once anywhere in the edit window.
1015 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1019 \begin_layout Enumerate
1024 \begin_layout Itemize
1030 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1036 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1039 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer.
1042 \begin_layout Itemize
1043 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1048 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1055 \begin_layout Enumerate
1056 Footnotes, Margin Notes, Figure and Table Floats, etc.
1060 \begin_layout Standard
1069 left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1070 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1074 \begin_layout Enumerate
1079 \begin_layout Standard
1084 the right mouse button
1088 to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate the table.
1092 \begin_layout Subsection
1094 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: key bindings}
1101 \begin_layout Standard
1102 Again, we're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1103 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1105 I guarantee you will cuss when you press Control-d to delete a character,
1106 and it starts up a DVI previewer instead (or vice versa).
1109 \begin_layout Standard
1136 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1140 \begin_layout Labeling
1141 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1146 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1147 If you don't understand this, go read Sections
1148 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro}
1153 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:par-environments}
1157 , especially Section\InsetSpace ~
1159 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvlists}
1165 If you're still confused, look in the
1172 \begin_layout Labeling
1173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1186 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1187 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1190 \begin_layout Labeling
1191 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1202 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1203 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1207 \begin_layout Labeling
1208 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1223 you have your keyboard set up correctly under the X Windows System,
1227 works as expected and
1231 deletes the character under the cursor [if no text is selected].
1235 \begin_layout Standard
1236 If you haven't set up your keyboard under X, or have no idea what we mean
1237 by that, go read section
1238 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:x-win-keys}
1243 You'll save yourself a lot of headaches.
1247 \begin_layout Standard
1248 Then there are the modifier keys:
1251 \begin_layout Labeling
1252 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1257 This has a couple of different uses, depending on which keys it's used
1258 in combination with:
1262 \begin_layout Itemize
1271 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1274 \begin_layout Itemize
1283 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1286 \begin_layout Itemize
1295 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1299 \begin_layout Labeling
1300 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1305 Use this with any of the motion keys to select the text between the old
1306 and new cursor positions.
1309 \begin_layout Labeling
1310 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1315 This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless your keyboard has a distinct
1317 Unfortunately, X sometimes has their functionality swapped, so if you have
1318 both keys, you will need to do a little trial and error to find out which
1319 one actually performs the
1324 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1326 menu accelerator keys
1329 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1330 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1334 \begin_layout Standard
1335 For example, the sequence
1336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1371 \begin_layout Standard
1372 There are also other things bound to the
1376 key, but you'll have to check in the
1388 \begin_layout Standard
1389 Hopefully, you'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as
1390 you use LyX, because most mouse actions will prompt a small message in
1391 the minibuffer which describe the name of the action, you've just triggered,
1392 and any existing keybindings for that action.
1393 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1394 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1395 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1411 followed by a capital
1417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1435 \begin_layout Section
1436 Using LyX with Other Programs
1439 \begin_layout Subsection
1440 Importing ASCII files
1443 \begin_layout Standard
1444 You can import text from an ASCII file using the
1449 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1454 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1469 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1474 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1487 \begin_layout Standard
1493 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1498 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1507 puts each line of the file into its own LyX paragraph.
1508 This is useful if you're importing a text file with a simple list in it.
1509 However, if your text file contains paragraphs in it, LyX will mangle the
1510 paragraphs if you use this form of import.
1513 \begin_layout Standard
1519 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1524 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1534 preserves paragraphs in text files.
1535 Often in a text file, you didn't put the contents of an entire paragraph
1541 to break up the paragraph into separate lines.
1547 , LyX won't mangle such paragraphs.
1548 Anything between two consecutive blank lines goes into its own LyX paragraph.
1549 Remember: you must make sure there is a
1553 line between each and every paragraph in your text file.
1554 If not, LyX might end up merging two paragraphs.
1557 \begin_layout Subsection
1558 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
1561 \begin_layout Standard
1574 operations will transfer text to and from LyX.
1575 You can copy text from LyX to another window in this way: Select the text
1576 that you want to copy, then go to the destination window and paste the
1577 text with the middle mouse button.
1581 \begin_layout Standard
1582 Pasting text into LyX also works much the same way as in X.
1583 Select the text with the mouse in another X window.
1584 Go to the Lyx window and paste the text with the middle mouse button.
1587 \begin_layout Chapter
1588 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
1591 \begin_layout Section
1595 \begin_layout Standard
1596 If you're using LyX on a system someone else has set up for you, then you
1597 can safely skip this chapter.
1598 It describes all of the things you need beyond the LyX binary and files
1599 distributed with it.
1602 \begin_layout Standard
1603 If you're installing LyX on your system,
1605 you should read the README's that came with the LyX distribution and then
1612 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1625 This chapter does not describe installation or setup of the LyX binary
1626 [Well, not everything\SpecialChar \ldots{}
1628 It does describe all of the things you'll need to use LyX to its fullest.
1632 \begin_layout Standard
1633 This is basically where we decided to document a bunch of info about running
1634 LyX, including what other programs you'll need to make LyX useful.
1642 \begin_layout Section
1644 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:setup}
1651 \begin_layout Standard
1652 There are two ways to run LyX.
1653 The first way is to install LyX and all of its support files on your system.
1654 Of course, you need root privileges to do that.
1655 The second way to run LyX doesn't require root access, letting you
1656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1663 LyX somewhere in your own account.
1664 LyX will automatically detect where it is as long as the supporting directories
1665 are put in the correct places.
1668 \begin_layout Standard
1669 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
1670 without resorting to configuration files.
1671 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
1672 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
1673 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
1680 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
1681 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally and
1682 which are not seen by LyX.
1683 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
1688 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1696 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
1697 As far as LaTeX classes and packages are concerned, you will find information
1698 about what has been found under
1703 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1714 \begin_layout Standard
1715 The second set of settings that you might want to change comprises all the
1716 document-level setting that you can change via the
1721 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1729 To do this, open a scrap document, set all these options according to your
1730 taste and save them with the
1737 Document\InsetSpace ~
1748 This will create a template named
1752 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you open a document without template
1753 such that the settings are automatically set-up as you defined them.
1756 \begin_layout Standard
1757 There are many other user-configurable options that you can feed to LyX.
1758 Upon startup, LyX reads a global options file called
1763 It will then attempt to read a file called
1767 beneath your home directory.
1773 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1784 dialog can be used to change these options; the document
1788 contains more information about the preferences dialog and these configuration
1792 \begin_layout Section
1793 Setting Up the X Keyboard [obsolescent]
1794 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:x-win-keys}
1801 \begin_layout Standard
1802 To use LyX properly, X
1806 be set up correctly.
1807 This is especially vital if you're using the international support features
1808 of LyX and want to use non-English keyboard mappings.
1809 On modern distributions, this likely has been taken care of, but if not,
1810 you must do this yourself.
1811 Administrators of large systems often neglect this, so don't assume that
1812 you're safe if you're using a large system.
1813 Also ordinary users can instruct X how to use his or her keyboard.
1816 \begin_layout Subsection
1817 xmodmap and xkeycaps
1820 \begin_layout Standard
1821 First of all read the man pages for these two programs.
1822 They are your best friends when you are trying to set up X key mapping
1824 If you don't have them, install them.
1827 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1831 \begin_layout Standard
1832 This document contains no information on how to use
1846 To load the new X keyboard mappings, place the command
1848 xmodmap\InsetSpace ~
1851 somewhere in your startup scripts [e.g.
1871 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1875 \begin_layout Standard
1876 This program brings up a graphical version of your keyboard, allows you
1877 to make modifications, and then spits those modifications out to the standard
1878 output in a form readable by
1883 It is very useful when you're trying to design a new
1887 file, though it will require you to do a bit of cut-and-pasting.
1890 \begin_layout Subsection
1891 Modifiers and Mode_switch
1894 \begin_layout Standard
1895 LyX supports three modifiers: Shift [
1908 Moreover, if one of the keys of your keyboard is configured as a
1912 key, then you can use it to enter some characters not available on your
1914 This compose key can be used either as a modifier (like
1922 ) or as a prefix key.
1923 Here are some examples of what you can do with a
1930 \begin_layout Itemize
1936 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
1942 \begin_layout Itemize
1948 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
1954 \begin_layout Itemize
1960 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
1966 \begin_layout Itemize
1972 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
1978 \begin_layout Standard
1979 This input method is particularly handy when you use accented characters
1980 only from time to time.
1981 It works by default for latin1 characters, but other input methods will
1982 be used if you setup your locale correctly.
1985 \begin_layout Subsection
1986 Helpful Hints and Tips
1989 \begin_layout Standard
1990 First, open up two xterminals.
1991 Use one to edit a new
2004 , remap your keyboard the way you want it.
2009 to output the new keymap.
2014 will spit a bunch of stuff on the xterm you executed it from.
2015 Just copy and paste all of that into your
2019 file, and you're done.
2023 \begin_layout Standard
2024 You could also save yourself some typing by executing
2029 This will create a usable map file.
2037 \begin_layout Standard
2038 Also, there are some things you can do to help you get oriented.
2039 Try executing the command
2044 This will show you all of the currently active modifiers.
2047 xmodmap -v -pke | more
2049 to see which keycode numbers are mapped to which symbolic names.
2050 It will also give you some idea of the syntax of the
2057 \begin_layout Standard
2058 There's one thing you'll need to check.
2071 defined as the same key symbol by X! Note that giving these two keys unique
2072 symbol names will not necessarily alter the behavior of your programs.
2081 to the same operation.
2083 Other programs, however, use
2091 for different operations.
2092 LyX is one of these programs, and if you have
2100 labeled with the same key symbol name, you'll have trouble using LyX.
2103 \begin_layout Section
2107 \begin_layout Standard
2108 If you want to do more with LyX than simply create documents and spit out
2113 files, you'll need LaTeX.
2116 \begin_layout Standard
2117 In case you were wondering, LaTeX is a markup language front end for TeX,
2118 a document preparation system invented in 1984 by Donald Knuth.
2122 \begin_layout Standard
2123 A note about pronunciation: TeX originated from the Greek letters,
2124 \begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$
2128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2135 That's how you pronounce
2136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2151 [If you're American, just pronounce the
2152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2172 TeX takes a set of commands in an ASCII file and converts it to a
2173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2180 format, or Dvi, for short.
2181 The Dvi file can then be sent to printers.
2182 TeX is programmable, and LaTeX is nothing but a [really huge] set of TeX
2184 LaTeX will typically come as part of a TeX distribution, so all you need
2188 \begin_layout Standard
2189 Note that on some old systems you may find that only LaTeX 2.09 is installed
2190 (as opposed to the more current LaTeX2e).
2191 LyX cannot be used with LaTeX 2.09.
2194 \begin_layout Standard
2195 If you're using Linux, LaTeX2e should have come with your distribution.
2196 For other systems, you might need to install LaTeX yourself.You can obtain
2197 a LaTeX distribution (and anything and everything related to TeX and LaTeX)
2198 from a Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) mirror.
2199 A complete list of mirrors may be found at
2202 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ctan.org}
2207 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ctan}
2214 \begin_layout Section
2215 Dvips and Ghostscript
2218 \begin_layout Subsection
2222 \begin_layout Standard
2223 There's one more step you need to take if you want to print your LyX documents.
2224 Obviously, you'll need to make sure your printer is configured [see next
2226 You'll also need to install these programs (or compatibles), if you don't
2230 \begin_layout Itemize
2236 \begin_layout Itemize
2242 \begin_layout Itemize
2248 \begin_layout Itemize
2254 \begin_layout Standard
2255 The latter two programs are previewer for files in Dvi and PostScript®
2259 \begin_layout Standard
2260 PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated, and
2261 is the main page description language in the UN*X world.
2268 If you don't know what a DVI file is, you've probably also never worked
2269 with LaTeX and should read the
2273 document before proceeding further.
2278 converts DVI files into PostScript, which is the format most printers use
2280 For those of you using dot-matrix and inkjet printers, you'll want to filter
2281 the PostScript through
2285 , which is capable of creating output for a variety of printers.
2286 The following section on printer setup describes how to do this automatically
2287 every time you print.
2288 For now, we'll concentrate on
2295 \begin_layout Subsection
2297 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:dvipsconfig}
2304 \begin_layout Standard
2305 Whether you'll be running LyX on a large system or a Linux box at home,
2306 you should configure
2316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2323 into a file, or send output directly to the printer, depending on how it's
2325 If it is set up to print to a file, and if no filename is specified, it
2339 set up to send output to the default printer.
2340 For LyX, you'll want the flexibility to do both.
2343 \begin_layout Standard
2344 If you are not a mood to configure
2348 to adapt its output to your printer, you can safely skip this section.
2349 Be warned however that the output will not match the quality that you could
2350 expect from your printer.
2351 At least, it will print.
2354 \begin_layout Standard
2355 If you are using teTeX (a TeX distribution which is particularly popular
2356 on Linux), you should run the program
2361 To make the name of a new printer recognized by
2365 you should then select menu entry
2370 Enter the required parameters and, before exiting, remember to select the
2378 \begin_layout Standard
2379 Let's turn now to manual configuration: in order to inform
2383 how to automagically convert a
2391 file adapted to printer
2395 , you need to have a config-file,
2396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2407 lying around somewhere.
2418 /usr/lib/texmf/dvips
2420 in most TeX distributions.
2421 Your system will probably be different, of course, so just look under the
2422 main TeX directory for a subdirectory called
2423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2434 It'll be there somewhere.
2437 \begin_layout Standard
2438 Typically, there will be at least one config-file:
2443 This file is the default configuration file, which is
2451 \begin_layout Standard
2452 In particular, this file is not necessarily connected to the existence of
2463 Read this file and see what options could need to be changed for your particula
2469 containing only the relevant lines.
2473 \begin_layout Standard
2474 There's at least one thing you need to do to the config-file.
2475 There may exist a line that looks like,
2476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2487 [without the quotes, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{}
2490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2501 , so that the output is sent by default to printer
2506 However, you should probably investigate the entries
2507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2530 , which define respectively the Metafont mode and the resolution of the
2532 If you do not know what a Metafont mode is, you can see it as a printer
2533 driver: it adapts the design of TeX fonts to ensure that they give the
2534 best possible result on your printer.
2535 Be warned however that, if you define different Metafont modes for different
2540 will generate several copies of your TeX fonts on disk, and these take
2544 \begin_layout Standard
2545 Once you are satisfied that your printers are correctly configured, you
2546 should tell LyX to make use of this configuration.
2547 To do this, you should launch the
2556 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2563 ) and set the entries
2576 \begin_layout Standard
2577 You can use as many configuration files as you like, one for each of your
2579 The default printer for LyX can be specified from the
2590 environment variable.
2591 You can also choose the desired printer from inside LyX, as described in
2593 Once you've done all that, you can print to either a PostScript printer
2598 \begin_layout Standard
2599 If your printer doesn't understand PostScript®, you'll need to use
2603 as a filter for your print spooler.
2604 That's covered in numerous HOWTO's and manuals.
2605 We also have a section that covers a little bit of this.
2608 \begin_layout Standard
2609 Some people don't seem to like using the
2618 As alternative, you can use a program that converts the DVI file directly
2619 into your printer language.
2620 You can specify this program in the
2625 There is a major disadvantage to this method.
2626 You can't include any PostScript files, such as graphics, in your documents,
2627 since the printer-specific conversion programs don't understand PostScript®.
2628 For that reason, the LyX team highly recommends using
2640 \begin_layout Subsection
2641 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
2644 \begin_layout Standard
2658 files, while the later interfaces with
2662 to allow you to view PostScript files.
2665 \begin_layout Standard
2666 A quick note on both of these programs.
2667 Both automatically update themselves if the viewed file
2671 \begin_layout Standard
2680 file, not the files used to make these.
2686 You can also force an update.
2687 So, once you've opened one of these two viewers, there's no reason to close
2689 Also, both programs are functionally the same, providing all of the same
2693 \begin_layout Standard
2694 The LyX team recommends using
2698 for fine tuning documents.
2699 Why? It's faster; there's one less layer of processing you need to do before
2700 you can view the changes.
2704 \begin_layout Enumerate
2709 to preview a document from LyX, and leave it running.
2712 \begin_layout Enumerate
2713 Make changes to the document using LyX.
2716 \begin_layout Enumerate
2717 To view those changes, just choose
2722 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2727 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2735 When LaTeX's all done, click on the
2746 \begin_layout Standard
2747 Now, this doesn't mean
2756 is better suited to those occasions where you
2760 view the PostScript version of the document.
2761 For repeated changes that aren't PostScript® dependent, you're better off
2767 There is an alternative to
2771 which sports a much better interface:
2776 LyX will automatically use it instead of ghostscript if it is available.
2779 \begin_layout Section
2783 \begin_layout Standard
2786 Anyone working on a large system shouldn't have any problems here.
2787 Your sysadmin [or you, if you are the sysadmin] should already have the
2788 printers set up for your system.
2789 All you need to do is find out the name of the printer you want to use,
2794 as described in the last section.
2797 \begin_layout Standard
2800 Those of you using Linux, however, will have a bit more work to do.
2801 Many people now receive a Linux distribution, such as Red Hat or Slackware,
2807 They follow the install instructions, get Linux up and running, but never
2808 realize that they need to set up their printer.
2811 If you find that you need to do this by hand, we've written a little something
2812 to help you out with that; check out the
2813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2831 \begin_layout Chapter
2835 \begin_layout Section
2839 \begin_layout Subsection
2843 \begin_layout Standard
2844 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2849 of document you want to edit.
2850 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2851 numbering schemes, and so on.
2852 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2853 and format the title of your document differently.
2856 \begin_layout Standard
2861 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2862 By setting the document class, you automagically select these properties,
2863 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2864 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2865 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2868 \begin_layout Standard
2869 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2870 how to fine-tune some of their properties.
2873 \begin_layout Subsection
2874 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:doc-classes}
2878 The Various Document Classes
2881 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2885 \begin_layout Standard
2886 There are five standard document classes in LyX.
2890 \begin_layout Description
2891 Article for basic articles
2894 \begin_layout Description
2895 Report for basic reports
2898 \begin_layout Description
2899 Book for writing a book
2902 \begin_layout Description
2903 Letter for US-style letters
2906 \begin_layout Description
2907 Slides is used to make transparencies
2910 \begin_layout Standard
2911 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2912 a LaTeX setup that supports them:
2915 \begin_layout Description
2916 Aapaper Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysic
2920 \begin_layout Description
2921 Amsart Journal articles in the style and format used by the AMS [American
2922 Mathematical Society].
2923 There are three amsart layouts available.
2924 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems,
2928 , that prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2929 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2930 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2935 sequential numbering
2936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2939 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2940 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2941 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2942 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2945 \begin_layout Description
2946 Amsbook Books in the style and format used by the AMS.
2947 Only the standard numbering scheme is provided, under the assumption that
2948 you would not want to number results consecutively throughout a book, and
2949 that you would need to number results.
2952 \begin_layout Description
2953 Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art
2956 \begin_layout Description
2957 Foils is used to make transparencies, but is better than
2962 \begin_layout Description
2963 Linuxdoc Used with the SGML-tools package (formerly known as LinuxDoc).
2964 It allows LyX to produce SGML output.
2965 SGML is a markup language and is the predecessor to HTML\SpecialChar \@.
2967 package allows you to convert SGML to HTML or to the format used by
2974 \begin_layout Description
2975 Paper for use with the
2979 LaTeX document class [not in all LaTeX distributions]
2982 \begin_layout Description
2983 Revtex is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2984 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2986 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2989 \begin_layout Standard
2990 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2992 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2997 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2998 of the document classes.
3001 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3005 \begin_layout Standard
3006 You can select a class using the
3013 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
3019 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
3023 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3027 \begin_layout Standard
3028 Each class has a default set of options.
3029 Here's a quick table describing them:
3032 \begin_layout Standard
3033 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3039 \begin_layout Standard
3041 \begin_inset Tabular
3042 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="5">
3044 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3045 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3046 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3047 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3048 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3049 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3053 \begin_layout Standard
3059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3062 \begin_layout Standard
3077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3080 \begin_layout Standard
3095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3098 \begin_layout Standard
3113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3116 \begin_layout Standard
3132 <row topline="true">
3133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3136 \begin_layout Standard
3150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3153 \begin_layout Standard
3168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3171 \begin_layout Standard
3186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3189 \begin_layout Standard
3204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3207 \begin_layout Standard
3223 <row topline="true">
3224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3227 \begin_layout Standard
3241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3244 \begin_layout Standard
3259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3262 \begin_layout Standard
3277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3280 \begin_layout Standard
3295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3298 \begin_layout Standard
3314 <row topline="true">
3315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3318 \begin_layout Standard
3332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3335 \begin_layout Standard
3350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3353 \begin_layout Standard
3368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3371 \begin_layout Standard
3386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3389 \begin_layout Standard
3405 <row topline="true">
3406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3409 \begin_layout Standard
3423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3426 \begin_layout Standard
3441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3444 \begin_layout Standard
3459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3462 \begin_layout Standard
3477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3480 \begin_layout Standard
3495 <row topline="true">
3496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3499 \begin_layout Standard
3513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3516 \begin_layout Standard
3531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3534 \begin_layout Standard
3549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3552 \begin_layout Standard
3567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3570 \begin_layout Standard
3586 <row topline="true">
3587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3590 \begin_layout Standard
3604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3607 \begin_layout Standard
3622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3625 \begin_layout Standard
3640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3661 \begin_layout Standard
3677 <row topline="true">
3678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3681 \begin_layout Standard
3695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3698 \begin_layout Standard
3713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3716 \begin_layout Standard
3731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3734 \begin_layout Standard
3749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3752 \begin_layout Standard
3768 <row topline="true">
3769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3772 \begin_layout Standard
3786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3789 \begin_layout Standard
3804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3807 \begin_layout Standard
3822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3825 \begin_layout Standard
3840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3843 \begin_layout Standard
3858 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3862 \begin_layout Standard
3876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3879 \begin_layout Standard
3894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3897 \begin_layout Standard
3912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3915 \begin_layout Standard
3930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3933 \begin_layout Standard
3956 \begin_layout Standard
3957 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3963 \begin_layout Standard
3964 There is no default value of
3973 for any of these classes.
3977 \begin_layout Standard
3978 You're probably also wondering what
3979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3988 There are several paragraph environment used to create section headings.
3989 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3994 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3999 Some document classes, such as the three for letters, don't use any section
4009 headings, there are also
4017 headings, and so on.
4018 We'll describe these headings fully in section
4019 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvheadings}
4026 \begin_layout Subsection
4027 Fine-tuning the Defaults
4030 \begin_layout Standard
4031 Okay, we know we never told you what most of these
4032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4047 That's what this section is for.
4050 \begin_layout Labeling
4051 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4059 This is another list, containing five options.
4060 It controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page:
4064 \begin_layout Standard
4065 LaTeX does this part.
4074 \begin_layout Labeling
4075 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4080 Use default pagestyle of current class.
4083 \begin_layout Labeling
4084 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4089 No page numbers or headings.
4092 \begin_layout Labeling
4093 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4101 \begin_layout Labeling
4102 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4107 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
4108 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
4109 which is the maximum sectioning level.
4112 \begin_layout Labeling
4113 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4118 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
4124 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
4125 To use the full power of this package, you have to resort to magic codes
4127 Check the documentation for the
4131 package for more details.
4135 \begin_layout Labeling
4136 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4141 No, LyX can't make your printer print on both sides of a sheet of paper!
4142 However, it can use a different format for odd-numbered pages than even-numbere
4148 have a printer that duplexes
4152 \begin_layout Standard
4154 prints on both sides of a sheet of paper
4159 , your page number will always be in the upper right corner of the page
4160 and the left margin will have extra room for a binding.
4164 \begin_layout Standard
4165 There are two radio buttons here:
4169 for single-sided documents,
4173 for double-sided documents.
4177 \begin_layout Labeling
4178 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4183 Yes, this does control how many columns each page has.
4184 You can choose, using the toggle buttons,
4192 for the number of columns.
4197 \begin_layout Standard
4198 Note that LyX won't show two columns on screen.
4199 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
4204 be two columns in the generated output.
4208 \begin_layout Labeling
4209 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4225 takes several options.
4226 LyX sets some of these automatically for you.
4227 This text box allows you to enter in others.
4228 Just type in a comma-separated list of options.
4229 See a good LaTeX book to find out what kinds of additional options you
4233 \begin_layout Labeling
4234 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4239 This has its own section.
4242 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro}
4246 for a description of what this does.
4249 \begin_layout Subsection
4250 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
4253 \begin_layout Standard
4254 There are several other options to set in the
4256 Document\InsetSpace ~
4260 All of them are global options, but they have special purposes and only
4261 affect certain features.
4262 We describe what these options do in the same section that describes the
4263 features they affect.
4266 \begin_layout Standard
4267 There are two options that affect the overall layout of the document, so
4268 we'll describe them here.
4269 You'll find them in the
4280 \begin_layout Labeling
4281 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4286 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
4304 \begin_layout Labeling
4305 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4314 What size paper to print on.
4319 \begin_layout Itemize
4325 \begin_layout Itemize
4335 \begin_layout Itemize
4341 \begin_layout Itemize
4347 \begin_layout Itemize
4353 \begin_layout Itemize
4359 \begin_layout Itemize
4366 \begin_layout Standard
4367 Some of these settings require you to have the
4372 This package will also allow you to set the margins in the
4379 \begin_layout Subsection
4383 \begin_layout Standard
4384 If you change a document's class, LyX has to convert
4389 That includes the paragraph environments.
4390 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
4392 Some classes have special paragraph environments, however.
4393 If this is the case, and you change document classes, LyX sets the missing
4394 paragraph environments to
4398 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
4399 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
4400 the conversion and why it failed.
4403 \begin_layout Section
4404 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
4407 \begin_layout Subsection
4409 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parindentintro}
4416 \begin_layout Standard
4417 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
4418 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
4421 \begin_layout Standard
4422 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
4423 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
4424 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
4425 LyX uses the same convention you find among typographer.
4430 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4436 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4437 Some people don't like this convention, but if you want to use indented
4438 paragraphs, you'll have to live with it.
4442 \begin_layout Standard
4443 There is a way to force LaTeX to indent all paragraphs.
4444 LyX won't show this, of course, but LaTeX
4449 You'll need to get a special package and insert an appropriate command
4453 Editor's Note: I'll insert this info when I get the time.
4464 \begin_layout Standard
4465 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4466 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
4468 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4469 LyX takes care of that.
4470 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4472 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4473 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4474 of a page, and so on.
4478 \begin_layout Standard
4479 Actually, LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4484 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4485 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4489 of these pre-coded spacings.
4490 We'll explain more later.
4493 \begin_layout Subsection
4494 Global Indentation Method
4497 \begin_layout Standard
4498 To select the default method of separating paragraphs, select
4513 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4516 \begin_layout Subsection
4520 \begin_layout Standard
4521 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4527 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4532 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
4535 dialog and toggle the
4542 button to change the state of the current paragraph.
4543 If paragraphs indent by default, this button will be inactive at first.
4544 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4545 button will be completely ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph
4549 \begin_layout Standard
4550 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4551 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4552 Typically, you'll select
4567 for the entire document and edit away.
4570 \begin_layout Subsection
4571 Changing Line Spacing
4574 \begin_layout Standard
4580 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4587 dialog you can choose your line spacing provided you have the
4594 \begin_layout Section
4595 Paragraph Environments
4596 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:par-environments}
4603 \begin_layout Subsection
4607 \begin_layout Standard
4608 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
4611 \begin_layout Standard
4635 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
4636 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4637 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4646 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4649 \begin_layout Standard
4650 A paragraph environment is simply a
4651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4658 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4659 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4660 scheme, labels, and so on.
4661 Additionally, you can
4662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4669 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4670 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4671 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4672 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4673 days of typewriters.
4674 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4676 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4679 \begin_layout Standard
4680 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
4682 LyX will change the environment of the
4686 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4687 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4688 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4692 \begin_layout Standard
4701 create a new paragraph using the
4705 paragraph environment.
4707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4714 because this isn't always the case.
4718 \begin_layout Standard
4719 If you are in one of these environments:
4723 \begin_layout Standard
4732 \begin_layout Standard
4736 \begin_layout Standard
4749 \begin_layout Itemize
4755 \begin_layout Itemize
4761 \begin_layout Standard
4765 \begin_layout Standard
4776 \begin_layout Itemize
4782 \begin_layout Itemize
4788 \begin_layout Standard
4792 \begin_layout Standard
4803 \begin_layout Itemize
4809 \begin_layout Itemize
4815 \begin_layout Standard
4819 \begin_layout Standard
4830 \begin_layout Itemize
4836 \begin_layout Standard
4840 \begin_layout Standard
4849 \begin_layout Standard
4850 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4854 , rather than resetting it to
4859 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4864 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4865 and the nesting depth [more on nesting in section
4866 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
4871 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4876 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4877 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4885 \begin_layout Subsection
4889 \begin_layout Standard
4890 The default paragraph environment is
4895 It creates a plain paragraph.
4896 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4897 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now [and most of the ones in
4898 this manual] are in the
4905 \begin_layout Standard
4906 You can nest a paragraph using the
4910 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4918 \begin_layout Subsection
4922 \begin_layout Standard
4923 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name[s] of the
4925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4932 for thanks or contact information.
4933 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4934 page along with today's date.
4935 For other types of documents, the title
4936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4943 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4947 \begin_layout Standard
4948 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4962 Here's how you use them:
4965 \begin_layout Itemize
4966 Put the title of your document in the
4973 \begin_layout Itemize
4974 Put the author name in the
4981 \begin_layout Itemize
4982 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4983 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4989 Note that using this environment is optional.
4990 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4993 \begin_layout Standard
4994 Be sure to do this at the top of the document.
4995 You can use footnotes to insert
4996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5003 or contact information.
5006 \begin_layout Subsection
5008 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvheadings}
5015 \begin_layout Standard
5016 There are nine paragraph environments for producing section headings.
5017 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
5018 All you need to do is decide what you're going to call section 3 of chapter
5022 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5026 \begin_layout Standard
5027 There are 6 numbered types of section headings.
5028 \begin_inset Note Note
5031 \begin_layout Standard
5032 Why no mention of Part ?
5040 \begin_layout Enumerate
5046 \begin_layout Enumerate
5052 \begin_layout Enumerate
5058 \begin_layout Enumerate
5064 \begin_layout Enumerate
5070 \begin_layout Enumerate
5076 \begin_layout Standard
5077 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
5078 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
5079 These headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
5080 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
5081 You group the book into chapters.
5082 LyX does similar grouping:
5085 \begin_layout Itemize
5094 is the maximum sectioning level.
5097 \begin_layout Itemize
5109 \begin_layout Itemize
5121 \begin_layout Itemize
5133 \begin_layout Itemize
5145 \begin_layout Itemize
5157 \begin_layout Standard
5162 not all document types use the
5166 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
5171 is the top-level heading.
5174 \begin_layout Standard
5179 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
5180 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
5182 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
5184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5194 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5198 \begin_layout Standard
5199 There are 3 types of unnumbered section headings.
5203 \begin_layout Enumerate
5209 \begin_layout Enumerate
5215 \begin_layout Enumerate
5221 \begin_layout Standard
5223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5230 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
5231 They work the same as their numbered counterparts.
5234 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5235 Changing the Numbering
5236 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:section-depth}
5243 \begin_layout Standard
5244 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
5245 in the Table of Contents.
5246 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
5248 Certain classes start with
5262 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
5272 This is something you can change.
5275 \begin_layout Standard
5281 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5289 You should see a counter labelled
5291 Section\InsetSpace ~
5300 This counter controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers
5302 Unfortunately, the number you choose with the slider is really goofy, so
5303 here's a table of values and what they do:
5306 \begin_layout Standard
5307 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5313 \begin_layout Standard
5315 \begin_inset Tabular
5316 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
5318 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
5319 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
5320 <row topline="true">
5321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5324 \begin_layout Standard
5341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5344 \begin_layout Standard
5359 <row bottomline="true">
5360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5363 \begin_layout Standard
5377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5380 \begin_layout Standard
5395 <row topline="true">
5396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5399 \begin_layout Standard
5413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5416 \begin_layout Standard
5425 no numbering of any kind
5431 <row topline="true">
5432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5435 \begin_layout Standard
5449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5452 \begin_layout Standard
5469 <row topline="true">
5470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5473 \begin_layout Standard
5487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5490 \begin_layout Standard
5506 <row topline="true">
5507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5510 \begin_layout Standard
5524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5527 \begin_layout Standard
5543 <row topline="true">
5544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5547 \begin_layout Standard
5561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5564 \begin_layout Standard
5580 <row topline="true">
5581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5584 \begin_layout Standard
5598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5601 \begin_layout Standard
5618 <row topline="true">
5619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5622 \begin_layout Standard
5636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5639 \begin_layout Standard
5656 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
5657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5660 \begin_layout Standard
5674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5677 \begin_layout Standard
5701 \begin_layout Standard
5702 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5708 \begin_layout Standard
5709 The increasing numbers are cumulative: a setting of
5710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5717 will number parts and chapters, while
5718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5725 will number parts, chapters, sections, and subsections.
5726 Of course, if you're using a document class that doesn't use part or chapter
5732 the default article class), then the numbering begins at the
5737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5755 \begin_layout Standard
5756 There's another counter in the dialog, called
5760 contents\InsetSpace ~
5764 It works the same way as
5766 Section\InsetSpace ~
5767 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5770 , only it controls which sectioning levels appear in, you guessed it, the
5772 This is a great control to have.
5773 Suppose you wanted to number
5777 sectioning heading, but you only wanted
5789 s in the Table of Contents.
5792 Section\InsetSpace ~
5793 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5806 Table of contents\InsetSpace ~
5810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5817 and voilà! You're all set.
5820 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5824 \begin_layout Standard
5825 The following information applies to
5864 \begin_layout Itemize
5865 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
5868 \begin_layout Itemize
5869 You can only use inlined math in these environments.
5872 \begin_layout Itemize
5873 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
5876 \begin_layout Itemize
5877 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5880 \begin_layout Standard
5881 As for examples of these paragraph environments - look around you! We're
5882 using them everywhere in the manuals.
5885 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5886 Creating an Appendix
5889 \begin_layout Standard
5890 To create an appendix, simply start by adding a new chapter or section heading.
5891 Move the cursor back to the beginning of the heading and select
5896 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5904 ppendix\InsetSpace ~
5908 A red/brown box will be drawn around the remainder of the file to indicate
5909 there is something special about it, and the numerical chapter or section
5910 label(s) will be changed to a letter.
5913 \begin_layout Subsection
5917 \begin_layout Standard
5918 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5932 Forget the days of changing linespacing and twiddling with margins.
5933 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5934 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5935 the text they contain.
5936 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5944 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5947 \begin_layout Standard
5948 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5957 when you start a new paragraph.
5958 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5962 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5963 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5964 to change back to the
5968 environment yourself.
5971 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5981 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quote}
5988 \begin_layout Standard
5989 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5990 time for the differences.
5999 are identical except for one difference:
6003 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
6012 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
6015 \begin_layout Standard
6016 Here's an example of the
6029 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
6031 See - no indentation!
6035 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
6036 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
6037 the other paragraph.
6040 \begin_layout Standard
6041 That ends that example.
6042 Here's another example, this time in the
6049 \begin_layout Quotation
6055 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
6056 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
6057 the first line, then
6061 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
6065 you were quoting other text.
6068 \begin_layout Quotation
6069 Here's a new paragraph.
6070 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
6071 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
6074 \begin_layout Standard
6075 That was our other example.
6076 As the example notes,
6080 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
6081 They should put quotes in the
6086 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
6090 paragraph environment for quoted text.
6093 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6097 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:verse}
6104 \begin_layout Standard
6109 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
6116 Which I did not rehearse!
6120 It could be much worse.
6121 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
6123 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
6124 indented a bit more than the first.
6125 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
6132 And make things look fine
6141 \begin_layout Standard
6146 does not indent both margins.
6147 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
6148 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
6159 \begin_layout Subsection
6161 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvlists}
6168 \begin_layout Standard
6169 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
6179 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
6188 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
6189 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
6190 some general features of all four of them.
6193 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6197 \begin_layout Standard
6198 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
6200 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
6209 reset the environment to
6213 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
6214 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
6215 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
6220 to break paragraphs.
6223 \begin_layout Standard
6224 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
6225 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how its
6227 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
6228 you read all of section
6229 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6237 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6243 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:itemize}
6250 \begin_layout Standard
6251 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
6255 paragraph environment.
6256 It has the following properties:
6259 \begin_layout Itemize
6260 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
6264 \begin_layout Itemize
6265 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
6268 \begin_layout Itemize
6269 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
6273 \begin_layout Itemize
6274 The items can be any length.
6275 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
6276 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
6283 \begin_layout Itemize
6288 environment inside another
6292 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
6296 \begin_layout Itemize
6297 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
6300 \begin_layout Itemize
6301 LyX always shows the same symbol, an asterisk, on screen.
6304 \begin_layout Itemize
6306 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6310 for a full explanation of nesting.
6314 \begin_layout Standard
6315 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
6324 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
6327 \begin_layout Standard
6328 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
6329 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
6330 Note that those of you reading this manual online won't see any difference.
6333 \begin_layout Itemize
6334 The label for the first level
6338 is a large black dot, or bullet.
6342 \begin_layout Itemize
6343 The label for the second level is a dash.
6347 \begin_layout Itemize
6348 The label for the third is an asterisk.
6352 \begin_layout Itemize
6353 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
6357 \begin_layout Itemize
6358 Back out to the third level.
6362 \begin_layout Itemize
6363 Back to the second level.
6367 \begin_layout Itemize
6368 Back to the outermost level.
6371 \begin_layout Standard
6372 These are the default labels for an
6377 You can customize these labels in the
6381 \begin_layout Standard
6394 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6408 \begin_layout Standard
6409 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
6410 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
6412 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6420 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6426 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:enumerate}
6433 \begin_layout Standard
6438 environment is the tool to use to create numbered lists and outlines.
6439 It has these properties:
6442 \begin_layout Enumerate
6443 Each item has a numeral as its label.
6447 \begin_layout Enumerate
6448 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
6452 \begin_layout Enumerate
6453 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
6456 \begin_layout Enumerate
6461 environment resets the counter to one.
6464 \begin_layout Enumerate
6477 \begin_layout Enumerate
6478 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
6479 Items can be any length.
6482 \begin_layout Enumerate
6483 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
6486 \begin_layout Enumerate
6487 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
6490 \begin_layout Enumerate
6491 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
6495 \begin_layout Standard
6508 show the different labels for each item.
6509 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
6516 \begin_layout Enumerate
6517 The first level of an
6521 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
6525 \begin_layout Enumerate
6526 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
6530 \begin_layout Enumerate
6531 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
6535 \begin_layout Enumerate
6536 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
6539 \begin_layout Enumerate
6540 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
6545 \begin_layout Enumerate
6546 Back to the third level
6550 \begin_layout Enumerate
6551 Back to the second level.
6555 \begin_layout Enumerate
6556 Back to the outermost level.
6559 \begin_layout Standard
6560 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
6565 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
6570 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
6571 not on the LyX screen.
6574 \begin_layout Standard
6575 There is more to nesting
6579 environments than we've stated here.
6585 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6589 to learn more about nesting.
6592 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6598 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:descrlist}
6605 \begin_layout Standard
6606 Unlike the previous two environments, the
6610 list has no fixed label.
6611 Instead, LyX uses the first
6612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6619 of the first line as the label.
6623 \begin_layout Description
6624 Example: This is an example of the
6631 \begin_layout Standard
6632 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
6636 \begin_layout Standard
6637 Now, you're probably wondering what we mean by,
6638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6641 uses the first 'word'.
6642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6649 key does not add a whitespace character, but separates words from one another.
6658 key tells LyX to end the label if we're at the beginning of the first line
6662 \begin_layout Standard
6663 However, what if you want or need to use more than one word in the label
6668 environment? Simple: use a
6679 Special\InsetSpace ~
6684 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6689 otected\InsetSpace ~
6702 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace}
6706 for more info.] Here's an example:
6709 \begin_layout Description
6711 Example: This one shows how to use a
6713 Protected\InsetSpace ~
6723 \begin_layout Description
6724 Usage: You should use the
6728 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
6729 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
6731 It's not a good idea to use a
6735 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
6736 You're better off using
6748 paragraphs into them.
6751 \begin_layout Description
6752 Nesting: You can, of course, nest
6756 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6760 \begin_layout Standard
6761 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
6762 them from the first line.
6765 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6771 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxlist}
6778 \begin_layout Standard
6783 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
6787 \begin_layout Standard
6788 Now, if you jumped here without reading sections
6789 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:itemize}
6794 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:descrlist}
6807 create numbered lists.
6812 does, and it's documented in section
6813 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:enumerate}
6821 \begin_layout Standard
6830 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
6831 There are some key differences between this list environment and the other
6835 \begin_layout Labeling
6836 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6838 labels LyX uses the first
6839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6846 of each line as the item label.
6851 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6852 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6853 blank as described above.
6856 \begin_layout Labeling
6857 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6858 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6859 the body of the item text.
6860 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6861 label width plus a little extra space.
6865 \begin_layout Labeling
6866 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6868 width LyX uses one of two things for the label width: the actual width
6869 of the label, or the default width, whichever is larger.
6870 If the actual width is larger, then the label
6871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6878 into the first line.
6879 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6880 margin of the rest of the item text.
6883 \begin_layout Labeling
6884 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6885 default\InsetSpace ~
6886 width You can very easily set this default width.
6887 It's quite painless, actually.
6888 So, you can easily ensure that the text of all items in a
6892 environment have the same left margin.
6895 \begin_layout Labeling
6896 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6897 uses You should use the
6901 environment the same way you'd use as
6905 list: when you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6911 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6915 \begin_layout Labeling
6916 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6917 nesting You can nest
6921 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6923 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6925 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6929 to learn about nesting.
6932 \begin_layout Standard
6933 As you can see, this is a feature-packed paragraph environment!
6936 \begin_layout Standard
6937 To change the default width of the label, select the items in the list to
6939 You can also simply move the cursor into a
6943 item if you want to change only its label width.
6949 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6954 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
6968 box determines the default label width.
6969 If you really, really want to, you can use the text of your largest label
6970 here, but you don't need to.
6971 We recommend using the letter
6972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6980 It's the widest character and is a standard unit of width in LaTeX.
6981 The default label width in the example
6986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7002 as your unit of width in the
7007 box has one more advantage: you don't need to keep changing the contents
7013 every time you alter a label in a
7020 \begin_layout Standard
7021 There's yet another feature of the
7025 environment we need to tell you about.
7026 As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default.
7027 You can use additional
7031 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
7037 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace}
7042 Here are some examples:
7045 \begin_layout Labeling
7046 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7047 Left The default for
7054 \begin_layout Labeling
7055 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7062 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
7065 \begin_layout Labeling
7066 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7075 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
7078 \begin_layout Standard
7079 Don't worry if you have no idea what
7084 Just remember that you can use them to customize the look of the
7091 \begin_layout Standard
7092 That does it for the four paragraph environments for making lists.
7093 Oh - did we mention that you should read about nesting environments in
7095 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
7099 if you want to use any of these list environments?
7102 \begin_layout Subsection
7106 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7119 \begin_layout Standard
7120 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7131 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7132 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7133 In contrast, you can use the
7142 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7143 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7147 \begin_layout Standard
7148 Of course, you're not limited to using
7163 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7164 some European academic papers.
7167 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7169 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:adress_usage}
7176 \begin_layout Standard
7181 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7182 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7188 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7189 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7190 Here's an example of each:
7193 \begin_layout Right Address
7200 When is it? What is today?
7203 \begin_layout Standard
7210 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7211 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7212 Here's an example of the
7219 \begin_layout Address
7222 Where do I send this
7224 Your post office and country
7227 \begin_layout Standard
7228 As you can see, both
7237 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7238 Speaking of which, if you hit
7242 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7248 This makes sense, however, since
7256 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7267 Special\InsetSpace ~
7272 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7286 menu] to start a new line in an
7298 \begin_layout Subsection
7302 \begin_layout Standard
7303 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7304 or list of references.
7305 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7308 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7314 \begin_layout Standard
7319 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7324 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7328 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7329 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7333 in anything else or vice versa.
7339 environment is only useful in the
7340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7355 document classes [as well as
7356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7363 which is just a specialized version of
7364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7380 document class ignores the
7384 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7399 \begin_layout Standard
7404 environment does several things for you.
7405 First, it puts the centered label
7406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7414 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7416 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7417 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7418 the subsequent text.
7419 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7420 If your document is in the
7421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7428 class, the abstract actually appears on a separate page in the printed
7429 version of the file.
7432 \begin_layout Standard
7433 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7441 reset the paragraph environment.
7442 The new paragraph will still be in the
7447 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7448 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7451 \begin_layout Standard
7452 We'd love to give you an example of the
7456 environment, but we can't, since this document is in the
7457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7465 If you've never heard of an
7466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7473 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7476 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7482 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliography}
7489 \begin_layout Standard
7494 environment is used to list references.
7499 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7503 only use it at the end of the document.
7504 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7508 in anything else or vice versa.
7512 \begin_layout Standard
7513 When you first open a
7517 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7533 depending on the document class.
7534 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7535 Each paragraph of the
7539 environment is a bibliography entry.
7548 reset the paragraph environment.
7549 Each new paragraph is still in the
7556 \begin_layout Standard
7565 of each paragraph, you will see a gray button showing a number.
7566 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
7575 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
7577 For example, suppose your first entry in the bibliography was a book about
7579 We could choose the key
7580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7588 You can also give a label, which will be displayed in the gray inset box.
7591 \begin_layout Standard
7596 field isn't useless.
7597 You can refer to your bibliography entries using the
7602 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7607 itation\InsetSpace ~
7611 Just choose the key inside in the available keys list, then add a reference
7612 by clicking on the left arrow, which will add it to the selected keys list.
7613 Multiple references can be placed by selecting more than one key.
7618 appears at the end of this document.
7620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7624 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}
7629 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite[Chapter 3]{latexcompanion}
7634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7637 is an example of how to cite two of the entries in it.
7638 In the second one, we used the
7647 field of the citation dialog to add the text
7648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7672 that you see on screen will be replaced in print by the number or the label
7673 of the bibliography entry.
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7677 The more advanced LaTeX bibliography package BibTeX is also supported by
7679 For a description of how to use it, please refer to the
7681 Extended LyX Features
7686 \begin_layout Subsection
7690 \begin_layout Standard
7691 There are three standard paragraph environments that simply don't fit any
7692 category, as they are very specialized for a particular purpose.
7693 We'll point out the highlights and uses of each.
7696 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7702 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:captionlayout}
7709 \begin_layout Standard
7714 environment is the default paragraph environment for
7725 On the LyX screen, you'll see either the label
7726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7741 , depending on which type of
7746 The actual reference number is substituted in this label in the printed
7750 \begin_layout Standard
7751 You can't really nest things into a
7755 environment or vice versa.
7756 Additionally, hitting
7760 resets the paragraph environment to
7768 can only be a single paragraph.
7771 \begin_layout Standard
7776 environment outside of a
7788 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
7793 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
7797 for more information on
7811 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7817 \begin_layout Standard
7822 environment is another LyX extension.
7823 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7828 key as a fixed whitespace;
7832 \begin_layout Standard
7843 Protected\InsetSpace ~
7846 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7851 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7852 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7874 reset the paragraph environment.
7875 So, when you finish using the
7879 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7888 environment inside of others.
7891 \begin_layout Standard
7892 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7895 \begin_layout Itemize
7900 at the beginning of a new paragraph [i.e.
7912 \begin_layout Itemize
7925 \begin_layout Itemize
7930 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7937 \begin_layout Itemize
7946 \begin_layout Itemize
7947 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7948 You must put at least one
7952 in any line you want blank.
7953 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7956 \begin_layout Itemize
7957 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7961 since that will insert
7966 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7974 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
7977 \begin_layout Standard
7981 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7985 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7989 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7993 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7997 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8003 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8007 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8011 \begin_layout Standard
8012 This is just the standard
8013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8024 \begin_layout Standard
8029 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
8030 rc-files, and so on.
8031 Use it only in those very, very special cases where you need to generate
8032 text as if you used a typewriter.
8035 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8039 \begin_layout Standard
8040 The comment paragraph environment can be used to write comments about your
8041 document that will not appear in the final output.
8042 In order to make this clear, LyX will present the comment environment in
8043 a different color than the rest of the text.
8046 \begin_layout Section
8047 Nesting Environments
8048 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:nest}
8055 \begin_layout Subsection
8059 \begin_layout Standard
8060 Throughout the previous sections, we've been nagging you to
8061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8064 go read Section\InsetSpace ~
8066 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
8071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8074 So, you're probably wondering what the big deal is.
8077 \begin_layout Standard
8078 The big deal is that LyX differs rather strongly from the traditional
8079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8083 processor-as-overglorified-typewriter
8084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8088 With a typewriter, text is merely ink on a page.
8089 Most word processors aren't much better, treating text as pixels on the
8090 screen and bytes in memory.
8091 In contrast, LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context
8092 and specific properties.
8093 However, what if you wanted one
8094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8101 to inherit some of the properties of another
8102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8112 \begin_layout Standard
8113 Here's a more specific example: outlines.
8114 You have three main points in your outline, but point #2 also has two subpoints.
8115 In other words, you have a list
8119 of another list, with the inner list
8120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8130 \begin_layout Enumerate
8134 \begin_layout Enumerate
8139 \begin_layout Enumerate
8143 \begin_layout Enumerate
8148 \begin_layout Enumerate
8152 \begin_layout Standard
8153 How do you put a list inside of a list? By now, the answer should be obvious:
8154 you nest one list inside the other.
8158 \begin_layout Standard
8159 How to nest an environment is quite simple.
8165 ncrease\InsetSpace ~
8166 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8174 ecrease\InsetSpace ~
8175 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8185 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
8186 will tell you how far you are nested).
8189 \begin_layout Standard
8190 You can also use the convenient key bindings
8200 \begin_layout Standard
8211 are alternatives, if you prefer those bindings
8218 to change the nesting level.
8219 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
8220 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
8224 \begin_layout Standard
8225 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
8226 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
8227 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
8228 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
8229 It's hard to describe what exactly LyX does in this case.
8230 That depends specifically on what your text looks like.
8231 Your best bet is to simply play with changing the nesting depth and see
8235 \begin_layout Standard
8236 Nesting isn't just limited to lists.
8237 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
8239 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
8242 \begin_layout Subsection
8243 What You Can and Can't Nest
8246 \begin_layout Standard
8247 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
8248 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
8251 \begin_layout Standard
8252 The question of nesting is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no,
8253 can you or can't you.
8254 There's also the question of how.
8255 Can you nest this environment into anything else? Can you nest another
8256 environment into it? A
8257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8264 to one of these doesn't guarantee a
8265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8275 \begin_layout Standard
8276 The paragraph environments in LyX can do one of three things when it comes
8278 First, an environment may be completely unnestable.
8279 Second, there are environments that are fully nestable.
8280 You can nest them inside of things and you can also nest other things inside
8282 There is one last type of environment.
8283 You can nest them into other environments, but that's it.
8284 You can't nest anything into them.
8287 \begin_layout Standard
8288 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8289 environments have them:
8293 \begin_layout Standard
8294 For some odd reason, LyX allows you to fully nest both
8303 Also, LyX allows you to nest
8315 into other environments.
8317 LaTeX may barf if you try it.
8318 Then again, it may not.
8319 We don't know for certain.
8320 However, it makes no sense contextually to perform any nesting with these
8321 environments, so why would you ever want to?
8329 \begin_layout Description
8330 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8331 Can't nest into them.
8335 \begin_layout Itemize
8341 \begin_layout Itemize
8347 \begin_layout Itemize
8355 \begin_layout Itemize
8361 \begin_layout Itemize
8367 \begin_layout Itemize
8375 \begin_layout Itemize
8381 \begin_layout Itemize
8387 \begin_layout Itemize
8393 \begin_layout Itemize
8399 \begin_layout Itemize
8405 \begin_layout Itemize
8411 \begin_layout Itemize
8417 \begin_layout Itemize
8423 \begin_layout Itemize
8429 \begin_layout Itemize
8435 \begin_layout Itemize
8442 \begin_layout Description
8444 Nestable You can nest them.
8445 You can nest other things into them.
8449 \begin_layout Itemize
8455 \begin_layout Itemize
8461 \begin_layout Itemize
8467 \begin_layout Itemize
8473 \begin_layout Itemize
8479 \begin_layout Itemize
8485 \begin_layout Itemize
8491 \begin_layout Itemize
8498 \begin_layout Description
8499 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
8500 You can't nest anything into them.
8504 \begin_layout Itemize
8510 \begin_layout Itemize
8517 \begin_layout Itemize
8524 \begin_layout Standard
8529 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
8543 \begin_layout Subsection
8544 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8545 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table-and-fig-nesting}
8552 \begin_layout Standard
8553 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8554 affected by nesting anyhow.
8558 \begin_layout Itemize
8562 \begin_layout Itemize
8566 \begin_layout Itemize
8570 \begin_layout Standard
8571 [Note: if you put a figure or a table in a
8575 , this is no longer true.
8576 See below or look in sections
8577 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
8582 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
8589 \begin_layout Standard
8590 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8591 Well, you can't inline a table, but you can inline math and figures.
8592 If a figure or an equation is inlined, it goes wherever the paragraph it's
8596 \begin_layout Standard
8597 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8605 of its own, it behaves just like a
8606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8613 paragraph environment.
8614 You can nest it into any environment, but you [obviously] can't nest anything
8618 \begin_layout Standard
8619 Here's an example with a table:
8622 \begin_layout Enumerate
8627 \begin_layout Enumerate
8628 This is (a) and it's nested.
8632 \begin_layout Standard
8633 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8639 \begin_layout Standard
8641 \begin_inset Tabular
8642 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8644 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8645 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8646 <row topline="true">
8647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8650 \begin_layout Standard
8665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8668 \begin_layout Standard
8684 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8688 \begin_layout Standard
8703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8706 \begin_layout Standard
8729 \begin_layout Standard
8730 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8737 \begin_layout Enumerate
8739 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8743 \begin_layout Enumerate
8747 \begin_layout Standard
8748 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8751 \begin_layout Enumerate
8756 \begin_layout Enumerate
8757 This is (a) and it's nested.
8761 \begin_layout Standard
8762 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8768 \begin_layout Standard
8770 \begin_inset Tabular
8771 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8773 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8774 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8775 <row topline="true">
8776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8779 \begin_layout Standard
8794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8797 \begin_layout Standard
8813 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8817 \begin_layout Standard
8832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8835 \begin_layout Standard
8858 \begin_layout Standard
8859 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8865 \begin_layout Enumerate
8872 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8875 \begin_layout Enumerate
8879 \begin_layout Standard
8880 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8884 \begin_layout Standard
8885 There's another trap you can fall into: nesting the table, but not going
8887 LyX turns anything after the table into a new [sub]list.
8890 \begin_layout Enumerate
8895 \begin_layout Enumerate
8896 This is (a) and it's nested.
8899 \begin_layout Standard
8900 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8906 \begin_layout Standard
8908 \begin_inset Tabular
8909 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8911 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8912 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8913 <row topline="true">
8914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8917 \begin_layout Standard
8932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8935 \begin_layout Standard
8951 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8955 \begin_layout Standard
8970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8973 \begin_layout Standard
8996 \begin_layout Standard
8997 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9003 \begin_layout Enumerate
9005 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
9013 \begin_layout Enumerate
9017 \begin_layout Standard
9018 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
9024 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
9025 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
9029 \begin_layout Standard
9030 Then there are the so-called
9039 is a block of text associated with some sort of label, but which doesn't
9040 have a fixed location.
9042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9049 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
9070 When you're editing a document in LyX, a closed
9074 looks like a gray button with a red label and goes wherever the paragraph
9080 has no fixed location in the final text, nesting has no effect on its actual
9081 location after you feed your document to LaTeX.
9084 \begin_layout Subsection
9085 Usage and General Features
9088 \begin_layout Standard
9089 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
9091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9098 is the innermost possible depth.
9099 Here's an example to display what we mean:
9102 \begin_layout Enumerate
9103 level #1 - outermost
9107 \begin_layout Enumerate
9112 \begin_layout Enumerate
9117 \begin_layout Enumerate
9122 \begin_layout Itemize
9127 \begin_layout Itemize
9136 \begin_layout Standard
9137 Once again, LyX has a maximum of 6 levels, regardless of which specific
9138 paragraph environments you're using at a given level.
9142 \begin_layout Standard
9143 Unfortunately, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9144 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9145 to produce output for your document.
9150 That means that you can perform a six-fold nesting of a
9158 environment, and so on.
9159 You can also mix environments, as we shall see later.
9162 \begin_layout Standard
9163 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
9164 both of them in the example.
9165 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
9175 For example, if we tried to nest another
9180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9191 \begin_layout Standard
9192 Once again, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9193 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9194 to produce output for your document.
9202 \begin_layout Subsection
9206 \begin_layout Standard
9207 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
9208 We have several examples of nested environments.
9209 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
9213 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9214 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
9217 \begin_layout Labeling
9218 \labelwidthstring MMM
9219 #1-a This is the outermost level.
9228 \begin_layout Labeling
9229 \labelwidthstring MMM
9230 #2-a This is level #2.
9231 We created it by using
9244 \begin_layout Labeling
9245 \labelwidthstring MMM
9246 #3-a This is level #3.
9247 This time, we just hit
9257 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
9271 \begin_layout Standard
9276 environment, nested inside of
9277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9285 So, it's at level #4.
9286 We did this by hitting
9295 , then changing the paragraph environment to
9300 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
9316 \begin_layout Standard
9321 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
9328 \begin_layout Labeling
9329 \labelwidthstring MMM
9330 #4-a This is level #4.
9335 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9340 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
9344 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9349 keep nesting things inside of
9350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9361 \begin_layout Labeling
9362 \labelwidthstring MMM
9363 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9368 \begin_layout Labeling
9369 \labelwidthstring MMM
9370 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9371 and this is level #6.
9372 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9376 \begin_layout Labeling
9377 \labelwidthstring MMM
9378 #5-b Back to level #5.
9392 \begin_layout Labeling
9393 \labelwidthstring MMM
9403 , we're back at level #4.
9407 \begin_layout Labeling
9408 \labelwidthstring MMM
9409 #3-b Back to level #3.
9410 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9414 \begin_layout Labeling
9415 \labelwidthstring MMM
9416 #2-b Back to level #2.
9421 \begin_layout Labeling
9422 \labelwidthstring MMM
9423 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9424 After this sentence, we'll hit
9428 and change the paragraph environment back to
9435 \begin_layout Standard
9436 There you have it! Oh --- we could have also used the
9452 environment in place of the
9457 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9460 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9461 Example #2: Inheritance
9464 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9465 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9468 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9478 , after which, we'll change to the
9486 \begin_layout Enumerate
9491 environment, at level #2.
9494 \begin_layout Enumerate
9495 Notice how the nested
9499 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment [
9503 ], but also inherits its font and spacing!
9507 \begin_layout Standard
9508 We ended this example by hitting
9513 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9517 and resetting the nesting depth by using
9525 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9526 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
9538 \begin_layout Standard
9539 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9547 \begin_layout Enumerate
9548 This is level #1, in an
9552 paragraph environment.
9553 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9557 \begin_layout Enumerate
9569 Now, what happens if we nest an
9573 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9574 label be? An asterisk?
9578 \begin_layout Itemize
9588 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9589 So, its label is a bullet.
9590 [Note: we got here by using
9599 , then changing the environment to
9607 \begin_layout Itemize
9608 Here's level #4, produced using
9618 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9623 \begin_layout Enumerate
9624 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9626 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9631 Notice the type of numbering! It's
9659 \begin_layout Enumerate
9664 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9665 type of numbering does LyX use?
9668 \begin_layout Enumerate
9669 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9673 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9676 \begin_layout Enumerate
9682 to decrease the depth after the next
9690 \begin_layout Enumerate
9692 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9696 \begin_layout Enumerate
9698 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9699 numeral as the label.
9703 \begin_layout Enumerate
9704 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9713 Notice, however, that LyX
9717 reset the counter for the label.
9721 \begin_layout Enumerate
9731 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9732 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9733 into the twofold-nested
9741 \begin_layout Enumerate
9742 The same thing happens if we do another
9751 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9754 \begin_layout Standard
9755 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9760 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labelling
9778 surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for an
9783 The same rule applies for the
9787 environment, as well.
9790 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9791 Example #4: Going Bonkers
9794 \begin_layout Enumerate
9795 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9796 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9797 same detail with how we did it.
9806 \begin_layout Standard
9809 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9812 : level #2] We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9813 example in brackets someplace.
9814 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
9815 The environment name is, obviously, the name of the current environment.
9816 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9820 \begin_layout Enumerate
9825 : level #1] This is the next item in the list.
9830 Now we'll add verse.
9832 It will get much worse.
9836 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9843 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9845 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9855 Here comes a table for you:
9859 \begin_layout Standard
9860 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9866 \begin_layout Standard
9868 \begin_inset Tabular
9869 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9871 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9872 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
9874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
9877 \begin_layout Standard
9892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9895 \begin_layout Standard
9911 <row topline="true">
9912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
9915 \begin_layout Standard
9930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9933 \begin_layout Standard
9960 M-Return, Table, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9965 M-Return, Verse, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9972 \begin_layout Enumerate
9977 : level #1] This is another item.
9978 Note that selecting a
9982 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9983 3 times to put the table inside the
9991 \begin_layout Quotation
9992 We're now ending the
9996 list and changing to
10001 We're still at level #1.
10002 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
10003 The next set of paragraphs is a
10004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10011 We'll nest both the
10020 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
10024 for the letter body.
10029 to preserve the depth.
10030 Remember that you need to use
10034 to create multiple lines inside the
10048 \begin_layout Right Address
10051 Moosegroin, MT 00100
10056 \begin_layout Address
10057 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
10061 \begin_layout Quotation
10062 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50L of compressed
10063 methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
10064 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
10065 a backlog in our orders for methane.
10066 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
10067 as soon as possible.
10068 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
10071 \begin_layout Quotation
10072 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
10073 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
10074 with your order, along with payment.
10077 \begin_layout Quotation
10078 We thank you again for your patience.
10081 \begin_layout Address
10088 \begin_layout Quotation
10089 That ends that example!
10092 \begin_layout Standard
10093 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
10094 just a few keystrokes.
10095 We could have easily nested an
10116 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
10119 \begin_layout Section
10120 Fonts and Text Styles
10123 \begin_layout Subsection
10127 \begin_layout Standard
10128 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10129 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10130 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10131 font to emphasize text, you use an
10132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10140 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10141 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10145 \begin_layout Standard
10146 Right now, LyX allows you to specify a global default font, and has two
10160 style corresponds to an italics font.
10165 style corresponds to a font in smallcaps, which some languages and writing
10166 styles use to typeset proper names.
10167 The LyX Team actually hopes to someday have a full set of character styles,
10168 and to also allow the user to customize which font changes correspond to
10170 At the moment, though, you'll have to be satisfied with what we've done
10174 \begin_layout Subsection
10178 \begin_layout Standard
10179 You can set the default font from the
10184 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10192 There are two options of interest here,
10209 The possible options under
10217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10228 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10241 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10258 Most systems will typically have some version of a Times and Helvetica
10259 font, with other variants.
10260 You'll have to examine this for yourself.
10263 \begin_layout Standard
10273 option, there are three possible values:
10286 Remember, this is the
10291 LyX actually scales all of the other possible font sizes (such as those
10292 used in footnotes, superscripts, and subscripts) by this value.
10293 You can always fine-tune the font size from within the document if you
10295 It's also rather silly to use an 8pt or 24pt font as the default font size,
10296 as this typically renders your document unreadable.
10299 \begin_layout Standard
10300 Note that once you choose a new value for
10321 You'll only see a difference once you generate the final output.
10322 This is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10323 Besides, you have certainly noticed that "Roman" text on the LyX screen
10324 corresponds to the default font.
10327 \begin_layout Subsection
10328 Using Different Character Styles
10331 \begin_layout Standard
10332 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10333 certain paragraph environments.
10334 We also mentioned two other character styles,
10343 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10347 \begin_layout Standard
10352 style, do one of the following:
10355 \begin_layout Itemize
10356 click on the toolbar button with the person-shaped icon
10359 \begin_layout Itemize
10366 \begin_layout Standard
10367 These commands are all toggles.
10372 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10375 \begin_layout Standard
10376 One typically uses the
10380 style for proper names.
10382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10389 is the original author of LyX.
10390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10396 \begin_layout Standard
10397 A more widely used character style is the
10402 You can activate [or deactivate - it's also a toggle] the
10409 \begin_layout Itemize
10410 clicking on the toolbar button with the
10411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10421 \begin_layout Itemize
10422 using the keybindings
10428 \begin_layout Standard
10433 style is equivalent to an italicized font.
10434 We have plans to make that association more user-configurable in the future.
10437 \begin_layout Standard
10438 We've been using the
10442 style all over the place in this document.
10443 Here's one more example:
10446 \begin_layout Quotation
10449 Don't overuse character styles!
10452 \begin_layout Standard
10453 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10454 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10455 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10456 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10460 \begin_layout Standard
10461 Oh --- one last note: You can always reset to the default font using the
10470 \begin_layout Subsection
10471 Fine-Tuning with the
10478 \begin_layout Standard
10479 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10480 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10481 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10482 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10486 \begin_layout Standard
10491 : There is, in fact, such a style sheet for the LyX Documentation, since
10492 manuals need a certain amount of consistency.
10497 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10498 from ordinary dialogue.
10501 \begin_layout Standard
10502 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10503 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles.
10504 Many modern word processors have a vast array of fonts available to them,
10505 providing you with the power of a printing press.
10506 Unfortunately, there is a tendency to overuse that power.
10508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10511 Using a sledgehammer to swat a fly,
10512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10516 And, as the old saying implies, documents that overuse different fonts
10517 and sizes tend to look like someone's knocked huge holes in them.
10520 \begin_layout Standard
10521 Enough complaining.
10524 \begin_layout Standard
10525 To use custom fonts, open the
10530 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10539 There are seven buttons on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10540 font property which you can choose.
10541 You can choose an option for one of these seven properties, or select
10546 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10551 will reset the property to whatever is the default for the hosting paragraph
10553 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10554 environments in a snap.
10557 \begin_layout Standard
10558 The seven font properties, and their options [in addition to
10570 \begin_layout Labeling
10571 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10588 The possible options are:
10592 \begin_layout Labeling
10593 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10598 This is the Roman font family.
10602 \begin_layout Standard
10603 It's also the default family.
10613 \begin_layout Labeling
10614 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10622 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10626 \begin_layout Standard
10636 \begin_layout Labeling
10637 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10644 This is the Typewriter font family.
10648 \begin_layout Standard
10659 \begin_layout Labeling
10660 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10668 This corresponds to the print weight.
10673 \begin_layout Labeling
10674 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10679 This is the Medium font series.
10683 \begin_layout Standard
10684 It's also the default series.
10688 \begin_layout Labeling
10689 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10696 This is the Bold font series.
10700 \begin_layout Standard
10701 You can toggle this series on or off with the keybinding
10711 \begin_layout Labeling
10712 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10721 As the name implies.
10726 \begin_layout Labeling
10727 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10732 This is the Upright font shape.
10736 \begin_layout Standard
10737 It's also the default shape.
10741 \begin_layout Labeling
10742 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10753 s the Italic font shape
10759 \begin_layout Labeling
10760 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10767 This is the Slanted font shape
10772 (although it might not be visible on screen, this is different from italic).
10775 \begin_layout Labeling
10776 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10784 This is the Small caps font shape
10791 \begin_layout Labeling
10792 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10801 Alters the size of the font.
10802 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10803 nal to the default font size.
10804 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10805 what you want to do.
10809 \begin_layout Standard
10810 The options [and their keybindings] are:
10813 \begin_layout Labeling
10814 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10833 \begin_layout Standard
10848 \begin_layout Labeling
10849 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10867 \begin_layout Standard
10877 \begin_layout Labeling
10878 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10896 \begin_layout Standard
10911 \begin_layout Labeling
10912 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10931 \begin_layout Standard
10946 \begin_layout Labeling
10947 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10964 \begin_layout Standard
10965 It's also the default size.
10980 \begin_layout Labeling
10981 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11000 \begin_layout Standard
11015 \begin_layout Labeling
11016 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11035 \begin_layout Standard
11050 \begin_layout Labeling
11051 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11070 \begin_layout Standard
11080 \begin_layout Labeling
11081 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11100 \begin_layout Standard
11115 \begin_layout Labeling
11116 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11135 \begin_layout Standard
11150 \begin_layout Standard
11155 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11156 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11157 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11158 - use that instead.
11159 This is here for fine-tuning
11165 \begin_layout Labeling
11166 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11174 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11179 \begin_layout Labeling
11180 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11187 This is text with emphasize on
11193 \begin_layout Standard
11194 This might seem like the same as
11198 , but it is actually a bit different.
11199 If you use emphasize on italicized text, it will make it upright.
11200 In future versions of LyX, we hope to let you customize the exact behavior
11209 \begin_layout Labeling
11210 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11217 This is text with Underbar on.
11221 \begin_layout Standard
11231 \begin_layout Labeling
11232 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11239 This is text with Noun on.
11243 \begin_layout Standard
11248 , this is a logical attribute.
11249 For the moment, it is equivalent to
11254 , but that is bound to change some day.
11258 \begin_layout Standard
11259 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11260 when you couldn't change fonts.
11261 We no longer need to resort to emphasizing text by overstriking it with
11262 an underscore character.
11263 It's only included in LyX because it's also in LaTeX, and because some
11268 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions (and in
11269 fact we use it in these manuals to indicate keyboard shortcuts for menu
11274 \begin_layout Labeling
11275 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11280 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11281 Of course, you need to have a color printer to exploit this, but you also
11286 LaTeX package installed.
11291 is not able to display these colors.
11302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11309 , you can choose between
11344 \begin_layout Labeling
11345 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11350 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11351 the language of the document.
11352 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change.
11355 \begin_layout Standard
11356 You have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11359 \begin_layout Standard
11360 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11365 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11373 dialog, you can activate it using the toolbar button labelled
11374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11389 The toolbar button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style
11390 even when the dialog isn't visible.
11394 \begin_layout Standard
11395 As we stated earlier, to completely reset the character style to the default,
11402 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11403 (suppose you just sent the shape to
11404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11421 Toggle on all these
11434 \begin_layout Standard
11435 We conclude with the same warning we've been spewing: Don't overuse the
11437 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a horrible substitute for good
11439 Your writing should speak for itself --- and will.
11442 \begin_layout Section
11443 Printing and Previewing
11446 \begin_layout Subsection
11450 \begin_layout Standard
11451 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11452 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11453 Before we tell you that, however, we want to give you a quickie explanation
11454 of what goes on behind-the-scenes.
11455 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
11462 \begin_layout Standard
11463 LyX uses a program called
11464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11472 (Actually, LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system,
11473 but to prevent confusion, we'll just refer to the whole magilla as
11474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11481 ) Think of it this way: LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11482 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11483 This happens in a couple of stages:
11486 \begin_layout Enumerate
11487 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11488 generating a file with the extension,
11489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11504 \begin_layout Enumerate
11505 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11509 file to produce printable output.
11510 It doesn't know anything about your printer, however.
11511 Instead, LaTeX produces what's known as a
11515 file, or DVI for short.
11516 The actual output is in a file with the extension,
11517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11529 DVI files are completely portable; you can move them from one machine to
11530 another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11534 \begin_layout Description
11535 NOTE: The DVI file only contains what was in the LaTeX file itself.
11536 If you have included PostScript pictures in your document, there will only
11537 be a link to these files.
11538 So don't forget these files if you move your
11542 file to another computer.
11546 \begin_layout Enumerate
11552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11559 Once you have it, you can view it, print it, or convert it to other formats.
11563 \begin_layout Enumerate
11568 files using a program called
11575 \begin_layout Enumerate
11576 Some printers and Unix systems understand DVI, and can print your
11583 \begin_layout Enumerate
11584 Nowadays, most printers understand the PostScript format.
11585 LyX automatically converts the
11589 file to a PostScript file for you when you go to print out your document.
11590 LyX will also let you preview a PostScript version of your document using
11599 \begin_layout Standard
11600 One advantage of using PostScript® is that the converter program [called
11605 ] takes any PostScript graphics you may have included in your document and
11606 puts it into the resulting PostScript version of your document.
11607 It also includes any special fonts you may have used.
11608 That makes the PostScript version much, much more portable than the DVI
11614 \begin_layout Standard
11615 LyX does all of these steps automagically for you.
11618 \begin_layout Standard
11619 As you have seen, a lot of things happen before you get a hardcopy or a
11620 preview of your document.
11621 So, don't worry if printing requires a bit more time than with other word
11623 The printed result is worth the wait.
11624 Quality always has its price.
11627 \begin_layout Subsection
11628 Quick Viewing with xdvi
11631 \begin_layout Standard
11632 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11633 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, select
11638 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11649 \begin_layout Standard
11650 When all of the behind-the-scenes action is done, LyX calls the program
11656 You can now look at the results.
11657 [If you want more info on the
11668 \begin_layout Description
11669 Helpful-Tip: Keep the
11673 window open, maybe moving it to another desktop.
11674 Then, after you make changes to your document, just use
11679 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11684 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11701 program will automatically reread the
11705 file and give you an updated view.
11708 \begin_layout Subsection
11709 Viewing the PostScript Version with ghostview
11712 \begin_layout Standard
11717 to view your document is the easiest and fastest way.
11718 There may be times, however, when you want to look at the PostScript version.
11719 One reason is fonts.
11723 \begin_layout Standard
11728 : Another reason is paranoia.
11729 I always like to look at the PostScript file before I print it, just so
11730 I see exactly what went to the printer\SpecialChar \ldots{}
11736 You can use PostScript fonts in a LaTeX document, but
11745 or some other PostScript file viewer to see the actual results.
11748 \begin_layout Standard
11749 To view the PostScript version of your document, select
11765 When all of the magic behind-the-scenes is done, LyX calls the program
11770 You can now look at the results.
11773 \begin_layout Standard
11774 You've guessed what the
11779 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11793 menu does, haven't you? Remember to click once in the
11797 window after this command to update the view.
11800 \begin_layout Subsection
11804 \begin_layout Standard
11805 To print a file, select
11819 menu, or click on the toolbar button with the printer on it.
11827 \begin_layout Standard
11828 You can choose to only print even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
11829 is useful for printing on two sides: you can re-insert the pages after
11830 printing one set of pages, to print on the other side.
11831 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
11832 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
11833 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
11836 \begin_layout Standard
11837 You can set the parameters in the
11844 \begin_layout Labeling
11845 \labelwidthstring MMMM
11853 This is the name of the printer to print to.
11857 \begin_layout Standard
11858 Note that this printer name isn't for the
11871 has to be configured for this printer name.
11873 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:dvipsconfig}
11881 documentation for details.
11882 The default printer can also be set in
11891 The printer should understand PostScript files.
11894 \begin_layout Labeling
11895 \labelwidthstring MMMM
11903 The name of a file to print to.
11904 The output will be in Post\SpecialChar \-
11906 The file will generally be written in the current directory, unless you
11907 specify the full path.
11910 \begin_layout Standard
11911 Note that printing may need little time, since LaTeX,
11915 and, if you don't have a PostScript printer,
11919 have to process your document.
11922 \begin_layout Section
11923 A Few Words about Typography
11926 \begin_layout Subsection
11927 Hyphens and Hyphenation
11928 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hyphens}
11935 \begin_layout Standard
11937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11948 character comes in three lengths, often called the
11963 \begin_layout Enumerate
11969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11983 \begin_layout Enumerate
11989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11998 \begin_layout Standard
12009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12015 \begin_layout Enumerate
12021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12030 \begin_layout Standard
12042 \begin_layout Standard
12053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12059 \begin_layout Enumerate
12063 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12083 \begin_layout Standard
12084 You generate these by using the
12085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12096 character multiple times in a row.
12097 LyX automatically converts them to the appropriate length dash in the final
12101 \begin_layout Standard
12102 The three types of dash are distinct from the minus sign, which appears
12103 in math mode and has a length of its own.
12104 Here are some examples of the
12105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12119 \begin_layout Enumerate
12120 line- and page-breaks
12129 \begin_layout Enumerate
12139 \begin_layout Enumerate
12140 Oh --- there's a dash.
12149 \begin_layout Enumerate
12150 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12162 \begin_layout Standard
12163 Those of you reading this from within LyX will see no difference, though
12164 there is one in the printed version.
12167 \begin_layout Standard
12168 One more note about hyphenation --- LyX automatically breaks up words and
12169 inserts hyphens in English text.
12170 The words won't be hyphenated until you generate the final output.
12173 \begin_layout Standard
12174 Actually, it's LaTeX that does this, and it will also hyphenate words in
12180 To know whether (PDF)LaTeX hyphenates for
12184 language, look at any log file produced by a LaTeX run: it will say
12187 \begin_layout Quote
12190 Babel <v3.7h> and hyphenation patterns for american, french, german, ngerman,
12191 nohyphenation, loaded.
12194 \begin_layout Standard
12195 This tells you that, e.g., if you write in Finnish, you're out of luck.
12196 Study (for the teTeX distribution of LaTeX) the utilities
12204 in order to switch hyphenation on for your language by ''uncommenting''
12205 the relevant line in a file typically named
12210 Sorry for the inconvenience.
12213 \begin_layout Standard
12214 If, for whatever reason, LaTeX
12218 can't break a word correctly (e.g., a compound word), you can set hyphenation
12220 This is done with the menu item
12222 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12231 Special\InsetSpace ~
12246 Note that these extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12247 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will totally ignore them.
12250 \begin_layout Subsection
12254 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12255 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12256 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:abbrev}
12263 \begin_layout Standard
12264 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12265 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12266 LaTeX then adds the
12267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12270 appropriate amount of space
12271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12274 : sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next
12276 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12279 \begin_layout Standard
12280 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation and
12281 what's the end of a sentence is really quite brain-dead.
12283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12294 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12295 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12298 \begin_layout Standard
12299 Here are some examples of
12303 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12306 \begin_layout Itemize
12311 \begin_layout Itemize
12316 \begin_layout Standard
12317 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
12318 and here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12321 \begin_layout Itemize
12324 this is too much space!
12327 \begin_layout Itemize
12332 \begin_layout Standard
12333 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12336 \begin_layout Standard
12337 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12340 \begin_layout Enumerate
12343 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12346 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12348 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:normblank-lbreak-horline}
12355 \begin_layout Enumerate
12361 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12363 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline}
12370 \begin_layout Enumerate
12375 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12383 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12388 pecial\InsetSpace ~
12391 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12392 This function is also bound to
12399 \begin_layout Standard
12400 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12403 \begin_layout Itemize
12404 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12405 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12406 this is too much space!
12409 \begin_layout Itemize
12410 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12414 \begin_layout Standard
12415 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12416 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry about all
12418 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12424 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12432 feature described in
12439 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12441 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quotes}
12448 \begin_layout Standard
12449 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12450 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12451 and use a closing quote at the end.
12453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12461 The keyboard character,
12465 , generates this automatically.
12468 \begin_layout Standard
12471 New in version 1.4:
12473 To get single quotation marks, you have to press
12478 This produces quotation marks like this:
12479 \begin_inset Quotes els
12485 \begin_layout Standard
12486 You can also select quotes for different languages via the
12494 There are six choices:
12497 \begin_layout Labeling
12498 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12510 Use quotes like this
12511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12519 \begin_inset Quotes els
12523 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12529 \begin_layout Labeling
12530 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12533 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12537 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12543 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12547 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12551 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12557 \begin_layout Labeling
12558 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12561 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12565 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12571 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12575 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12579 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12583 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12589 \begin_layout Labeling
12590 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12593 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12597 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12603 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12607 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12611 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12615 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12621 \begin_layout Labeling
12622 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12625 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12629 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12635 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12639 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12643 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12647 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12653 \begin_layout Labeling
12654 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12657 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12661 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12667 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12671 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12675 \begin_inset Quotes als
12679 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12685 \begin_layout Standard
12686 Again, this affects what character the
12693 \begin_layout Standard
12694 On the other hand, if you want to produce a bona-fide quote character, type
12707 \begin_layout Subsection
12709 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ligatures}
12716 \begin_layout Standard
12717 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12718 print them as single characters.
12719 These groups are known as
12724 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your LyX documents will contain them,
12726 Here are the possible ligatures:
12729 \begin_layout Itemize
12733 \begin_layout Itemize
12737 \begin_layout Itemize
12741 \begin_layout Itemize
12745 \begin_layout Itemize
12749 \begin_layout Standard
12750 Once in a while, though, you don't want a ligature in a word.
12751 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
12752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12759 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
12760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12775 To break a ligature, use
12780 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12781 Special\InsetSpace ~
12788 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
12791 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
12796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12807 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12824 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12832 \begin_layout Subsection
12834 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:widows}
12841 \begin_layout Standard
12842 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
12844 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
12845 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
12846 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
12847 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
12848 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
12849 These dangly-bits of text became known as
12860 \begin_layout Standard
12861 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
12862 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
12863 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
12864 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
12865 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
12866 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
12867 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
12870 \begin_layout Standard
12871 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
12872 or how you can tweak that behavior.
12873 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
12875 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexcompanion}
12881 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}
12885 ] may have more information.
12886 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
12889 \begin_layout Chapter
12890 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
12891 \begin_inset OptArg
12894 \begin_layout Standard
12895 Tables, Figures, and Notes
12903 \begin_layout Section
12907 \begin_layout Standard
12908 Unlike other typesetting programs, LyX uses
12909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12916 boxes instead of displaying its footnotes at the bottom of the screen or
12917 somewhere else in your text.
12918 When you insert a footnote with
12927 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
12951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12958 appearing within your text.
12959 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
12960 You can enter your text into this box.
12962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12981 label, the box will
12982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12994 Clicking on the button again will
12999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13010 \begin_layout Standard
13011 To close this footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13016 You will not see any numbers within LyX.
13017 You don't need to worry about those, anyhow, because LyX does the numbering
13018 for you, as well as putting the footnote at the bottom of the correct page,
13019 when it processes your file.
13020 If you want to turn already existing text into a footnote, simply mark
13021 it and click on the footnote button (a picture of text with an arrow pointing
13022 to stuff in the bottom margin).
13025 \begin_layout Standard
13026 What LyX cannot do, yet, is take care of special needs like setting the
13027 footnote numbering back to 1 after each section in the
13028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13041 document class or changing the counter
13046 You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like th
13054 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
13057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13075 \begin_layout Description
13076 NOTE: A float in LaTeX and LyX isn't a simple paragraph as with usual word
13078 It is a complex text structure that may contain everything except floats.
13079 That means you can use all the layouts inside a float, even figures and
13081 You may not need this too often, but if you do occasionally need it, it's
13085 \begin_layout Section
13089 \begin_layout Standard
13090 Margin notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13091 When you insert a margin note via
13097 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13113 or the toolbar button (which contains a picture of text in a margin with
13114 an arrow pointing to it), you'll see
13130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13137 appearing within your text.
13138 \begin_inset Marginal
13141 \begin_layout Standard
13142 This is a margin note.
13147 This box is LyX's representation of your margin note.
13148 You can enter your text into this box.
13150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13163 label, the box will
13164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13172 You can access it at a later time by clicking on the
13179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13189 \begin_layout Standard
13190 As a default, LyX uses 1.9 cm (0.75 inches) as the margin width to allow room
13192 This might not be what you're looking for, but as with footnotes, LyX cannot
13193 yet do everything LaTeX has to offer.
13194 You might want to consult your LaTeX handbook for additional commands.
13198 \begin_layout Section
13199 Figures and Imported Graphics
13200 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figures}
13207 \begin_layout Standard
13208 No document preparation system is complete without the ability to import
13209 graphics from other utilities into the document.
13210 In LyX, these are referred to as ``figures'' whether they are actually
13211 figures in the traditional sense or simply some kind of imported image.
13215 \begin_layout Standard
13216 Note that figures referred to here are do not have captions and sit wherever
13217 in the document you place them.
13218 If you need one of these features, see sec.\InsetSpace ~
13220 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
13227 \begin_layout Standard
13228 To place a figure in your document, click on the second right-most icon
13229 on the toolbar, or select
13234 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13245 \begin_layout Standard
13246 A graphics inset will be added to your document and a dialog will appear
13247 for you to choose the file to load.
13248 You can also change any settings you need to in this dialog.
13251 \begin_layout Standard
13253 \begin_inset Graphics
13254 filename mobius.eps
13257 rotateOrigin center
13264 \begin_layout Standard
13265 This dialog has numerous parameters, though most should be self-explanatory.
13270 tab allows you to choose your image file (note that a wide variety of image
13271 formats are supported automatically).
13272 The figure can be transformed by setting a rotation angle, using a bounding
13276 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cap:Units-for-image}
13280 describes all available units.
13281 It is possible to set a bounding box automatically for some image formats
13284 Bounding\InsetSpace ~
13288 Note that it is possible to control the display of the figure in LyX and
13289 the display in the final document separately, which can be very useful
13291 LaTeX wizards can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13296 You can also set the
13300 option here, for use in figure floats (see Section\InsetSpace ~
13302 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
13309 \begin_layout Subsection
13313 \begin_layout Standard
13314 LyX has the ability to handle literally any graphics format in the known
13315 universe so long as a conversion path from this graphics format to the
13316 target output format can be created.
13317 If that sounds a little obtuse, consider how LyX handles Encapsulated PostScrip
13319 LaTeX provides native support for this format, so LyX needs do nothing
13326 LaTeX command to insert the figure in the final document.
13329 \begin_layout Standard
13330 \begin_inset Float table
13336 \begin_layout Caption
13337 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cap:Units-for-image}
13341 Units for setting the image size
13344 \begin_layout Standard
13345 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
13351 \begin_layout Standard
13353 \begin_inset Tabular
13354 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
13356 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
13357 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
13358 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13362 \begin_layout Standard
13368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13371 \begin_layout Standard
13378 <row topline="true">
13379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13382 \begin_layout Standard
13388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13391 \begin_layout Standard
13398 <row topline="true">
13399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13402 \begin_layout Standard
13408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13411 \begin_layout Standard
13418 <row topline="true">
13419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13422 \begin_layout Standard
13428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13431 \begin_layout Standard
13438 <row topline="true">
13439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13442 \begin_layout Standard
13448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13451 \begin_layout Standard
13452 point (72.27 pt = 1 in)
13458 <row topline="true">
13459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13462 \begin_layout Standard
13468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13471 \begin_layout Standard
13472 pica (1 pc = 12 pt)
13478 <row topline="true">
13479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13482 \begin_layout Standard
13488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13491 \begin_layout Standard
13492 scaled point (65536 sp = 1 pt)
13498 <row topline="true">
13499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13502 \begin_layout Standard
13508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13511 \begin_layout Standard
13512 big point (72 bp = 1 in)
13518 <row topline="true">
13519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13522 \begin_layout Standard
13528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13531 \begin_layout Standard
13533 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
13537 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
13546 <row topline="true">
13547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13550 \begin_layout Standard
13556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13559 \begin_layout Standard
13560 cicero (1cc = 12 dd)
13566 <row topline="true">
13567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13570 \begin_layout Standard
13576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13579 \begin_layout Standard
13580 % of original image width
13586 <row topline="true">
13587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13590 \begin_layout Standard
13596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13599 \begin_layout Standard
13606 <row topline="true">
13607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13610 \begin_layout Standard
13616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13619 \begin_layout Standard
13626 <row topline="true">
13627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13630 \begin_layout Standard
13636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13639 \begin_layout Standard
13646 <row topline="true">
13647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13650 \begin_layout Standard
13656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13659 \begin_layout Standard
13666 <row topline="true">
13667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13670 \begin_layout Standard
13676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13679 \begin_layout Standard
13686 <row topline="true">
13687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13690 \begin_layout Standard
13696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13699 \begin_layout Standard
13706 <row topline="true">
13707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13710 \begin_layout Standard
13716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13719 \begin_layout Standard
13730 <row topline="true">
13731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13734 \begin_layout Standard
13740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13743 \begin_layout Standard
13754 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13758 \begin_layout Standard
13764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13767 \begin_layout Standard
13768 math unit (1 mu = 1/18 em)
13786 \begin_layout Standard
13787 To view the figure on the LyX screen, however, some additional work is required
13788 because neither the XForms nor the Qt GUI libraries can load PostScript®
13789 figures themselves.
13790 The XForms library can load figures in the following, widely used graphics
13823 whilst the Qt library can also handle
13836 Thus, LyX must initiate a conversion from Encapsulated PostScript® to a
13837 loadable graphics format.
13840 \begin_layout Standard
13841 It does this using the powerful, configurable converters mechanism exposed
13853 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13862 If LyX cannot create a conversion path (which might have many steps) from
13863 Encapsulated PostScript® to one of the loadable formats listed above, then
13864 it defaults to the use of ImageMagick's
13869 If, after all that, LyX
13873 cannot load the figure, then it'll tell you so with a message
13874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13877 Error converting to loadable format
13878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13881 in place of an on-screen view of your figure.
13882 If you're presented with such a message, then you'll need to augment the
13883 list of known converters.
13886 \begin_layout Standard
13887 This strategy is used both to generate on-screen views of your image and
13888 when generating the final document.
13889 In the latter case, the LaTeX compiler must be supplied with graphics files
13890 in PostScript® format.
13891 Similarly the PDFLaTeX compiler requires files in
13904 LyX will handle the necessary conversions behind the scenes.
13907 \begin_layout Subsection
13911 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13912 Using Figure Floats
13913 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figurefloats}
13920 \begin_layout Standard
13921 The problem with inserting figures straight into your text is that they
13922 might make the pagination of your document extremely awkward.
13923 To suit the LyX mentality of automating such processes, you might find
13924 it preferable to use
13926 Figure\InsetSpace ~
13929 , which LyX (actually, LaTeX) is free to move about your document as it
13930 deems necessary for a good fit.
13931 In return, LyX automates the listing of these figures and allows you to
13932 place a caption on them, using the
13936 environment explained in Section\InsetSpace ~
13938 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:captionlayout}
13945 \begin_layout Standard
13948 Figure\InsetSpace ~
13956 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13961 t\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13965 You will get a float without a figure in it; use the toolbar icon described
13966 above to insert the actual figure.
13969 \begin_layout Standard
13970 \begin_inset Float figure
13976 \begin_layout Caption
13977 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:escher}
13985 \begin_layout Standard
13987 \begin_inset Graphics
13988 filename escher-lsd.eps
13990 rotateOrigin center
14002 \begin_layout Standard
14003 \begin_inset Float figure
14009 \begin_layout Standard
14011 \begin_inset Graphics
14012 filename platypus.eps
14014 rotateOrigin center
14021 \begin_layout Caption
14022 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:kill-plat}
14026 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
14034 \begin_layout Standard
14035 It seems simple, but there is subtlety involved in the placement of the
14037 If you prefer your caption to appear below the figure, then you must press
14038 return when the cursor is at the very start of the caption, and insert
14039 the figure in the new paragraph created above the caption; or you can delete
14040 the caption and recreate it by selecting the
14044 environment after the figure has been inserted.
14045 This is what we did for figure
14046 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:kill-plat}
14051 If the cursor is in a paragraph after the caption when you insert the
14055 then it will be inserted after the caption, as was the case for
14056 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:escher}
14061 It is preferred to use one
14070 This allows LyX [actually LaTeX] to best position each figure.
14073 \begin_layout Standard
14074 Right-clicking on a float opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
14075 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float (see
14076 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn}
14086 is only useful for two-column documents: if you select it, the float will
14087 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
14091 \begin_layout Standard
14092 This figure also shows how we place a label and create a cross-reference
14093 to it; as you would expect from reading section
14094 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}
14098 you can simply insert a
14105 in the caption and refer to it using a
14114 It is especially important to use these with figure floats, rather than
14115 using vague references to
14116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14123 as LaTeX will reposition your floats for you in the final document; it
14125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14133 If it is not possible to fit the floats neatly on the same page as the
14134 text which refers to it, the figures will be placed on a separate page
14136 Rest assured that the overall effect is usually quite nice.
14139 \begin_layout Standard
14140 Note that the caption is used in a
14150 (as described in Section\InsetSpace ~
14152 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ListsOf}
14156 ) automatically, should you choose to include one in your document.
14159 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14161 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:float-locn}
14168 \begin_layout Standard
14169 Now, the whole idea behind
14171 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14179 , which we introduce later] is to allow LyX to place a figure [or table]
14180 on a page in a consistent, sensible fashion.
14181 The rules LaTeX uses are rather arcane; refer to the LaTeX documentation
14182 for the exact details.
14183 You can use check boxes in the float dialog to set placement for a particular
14185 By default, each float uses the document's default placement rules.
14186 You can change these, if you wish, in the
14191 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14204 box takes a LaTeX-style placement specification.
14205 You can place any combination of four letters in the
14213 \begin_layout Itemize
14223 \begin_layout Itemize
14233 \begin_layout Itemize
14243 \begin_layout Itemize
14253 \begin_layout Standard
14254 The letters correspond to the following behaviour:
14257 \begin_layout Description
14258 Here: LyX tries to put the
14262 at the same point in the text where you put it.
14266 \begin_layout Standard
14267 If there isn't enough room, LyX tries one of the other three location types.
14271 \begin_layout Description
14272 Top: LyX tries to put the
14276 at the top of the current page.
14277 If the figure won't fit on the current page, it goes to the next page.
14280 \begin_layout Description
14281 Bottom: LyX tries to put the
14285 at the bottom of the current page.
14286 If there isn't room, it goes to the next page.
14289 \begin_layout Description
14290 Page: LyX tries to put the
14298 s) on a page of its own.
14301 \begin_layout Standard
14302 There is some subtlety to how this all works.
14303 The order specifies what location LyX should try first.
14304 If that one fails, it tries the next one, and so on, though
14305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14316 will always take precedence if it appears in the list.
14317 The default placement list is
14318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14329 : try the top of a text page first, then the bottom of a text page, then
14330 on a page by itself.
14331 If you want LyX to try
14332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14339 to place the figure where you command it, precede the list with an exclamation
14341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14353 Here are some example entries and what they do:
14356 \begin_layout Enumerate
14363 \begin_layout Standard
14364 Try putting the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14365 If that doesn't work, put it on the bottom of the page.
14366 If that fails, put it on a separate page.
14370 \begin_layout Enumerate
14377 \begin_layout Standard
14378 Try really hard to put the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14379 Then the bottom of the page, then on a separate page.
14383 \begin_layout Enumerate
14390 \begin_layout Standard
14391 Put the figure/table at the top of each page.
14392 If it's too long, put it on a separate page.
14396 \begin_layout Enumerate
14403 \begin_layout Standard
14404 Always put figures and tables on their own page.
14408 \begin_layout Subsection
14412 \begin_layout Standard
14413 One obvious question is
14414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14417 how would I create the figures?
14418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14421 Fortunately, the answer is included in most Linux and/or LaTeX distributions.
14426 is a powerful though slightly awkward drawing tool.
14427 If you want to include figures that you have created with
14431 there are several ways.
14432 We recommend the following:
14435 \begin_layout Enumerate
14436 Export the figure as Encapsulated PostScript.
14437 This could be very easy included into LyX as described in the previous
14439 The great advantage of this way is, that you have the full power of PostScript®
14441 That means Bezier curves, colors, all line thicknesses and many more.
14442 If you have inserted text into your fig-document this will be printed with
14443 PostScript fonts, which is OK\SpecialChar \@.
14444 The figure can be manipulated like any other
14445 EPS figure, as described above.
14450 \begin_layout Standard
14451 The only disadvantage is that you cannot create formulas as PostScript text
14453 If you also need formulas or simple exponents or indices in your figure,
14454 the next way is recommended.
14458 \begin_layout Enumerate
14459 Export the figure as LaTeX.
14460 This is just as easy to include into LyX, with the advantage that you may
14461 use all LaTeX commands within the text inside XFig.
14462 Therefore you have to set the
14467 This is automatic if you invoke XFig with
14473 If this is done and you have also chosen a LaTeX font you may simply write
14475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14484 XFig\SpecialChar \@.
14487 If you export this figure as LaTeX and include it in LyX with
14492 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14500 (see description in
14504 ) this text will appear as
14505 \begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$
14513 \begin_layout Standard
14514 The disadvantage of this way is that the graphical power of LaTeX isn't
14515 as strong as PostScript®\SpecialChar \@.
14516 You cannot use all thicknesses of lines and, more
14517 annoyingly, not all slopes.
14518 This is why we recommend the third way for more complex figures.
14522 \begin_layout Enumerate
14523 Export the figure as LaTeX/PostScript combined.
14532 , really] will generate two files:
14536 \begin_layout Enumerate
14537 the PostScript part
14541 , that contains all painting.
14544 \begin_layout Enumerate
14549 , that contains all text and a link to the PostScript part.
14553 \begin_layout Standard
14554 Then you just have to include the LaTeX part as described above.
14555 This will automatically include the PostScript part, too.
14559 \begin_layout Standard
14560 If you get an error like
14561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14564 unknown graphics extension pstex
14565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14568 you have to declare these graphic extensions.
14573 bug that occurs with LaTeX2e.
14574 Simply add a line like
14577 \begin_layout Standard
14582 @namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}}
14585 \begin_layout Standard
14588 /usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def
14598 \begin_layout Standard
14603 Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ}
14606 \begin_layout Standard
14607 This should fix the whole thing.
14608 Alternatively you may export the postscript part as
14612 and change the LaTeX part
14617 But this is annoying.
14623 This way you have the full PostScript® and LaTeX power combined except
14624 for the possibility to scale the figure after creating.
14625 So if you want scalable pictures, the PostScript format is your only choice.
14626 Another little advantage of letting LaTeX typeset the font is that the
14627 same font will appear in your figures as in your text, which looks a little
14631 \begin_layout Section
14633 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tables}
14640 \begin_layout Standard
14641 LyX has powerful table support, but LaTeX can do many more things with tables
14642 than LyX is currently capable of, so you might want to look at a good LaTeX
14643 book if the features described here should turn out to be inadequate.
14646 \begin_layout Standard
14647 You can insert a table using either the table toolbar button or
14652 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14660 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
14661 The default table has lines at the top and to the left of every cell, a
14662 line to the right of the rightmost column and a line at the bottom of the
14663 lowest row, forming a box around the table.
14664 Additionally, the topmost row also has a line at the bottom, which causes
14665 this row to appear separated from the rest of the table.
14669 \begin_layout Standard
14671 \begin_inset Tabular
14672 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
14674 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14675 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14676 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14677 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14678 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14682 \begin_layout Standard
14688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14691 \begin_layout Standard
14706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14709 \begin_layout Standard
14724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14727 \begin_layout Standard
14743 <row topline="true">
14744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14747 \begin_layout Standard
14762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14765 \begin_layout Standard
14771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14774 \begin_layout Standard
14780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14783 \begin_layout Standard
14790 <row topline="true">
14791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14794 \begin_layout Standard
14809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14812 \begin_layout Standard
14818 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14821 \begin_layout Standard
14836 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14839 \begin_layout Standard
14846 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14850 \begin_layout Standard
14865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14868 \begin_layout Standard
14874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14877 \begin_layout Standard
14883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14886 \begin_layout Standard
14900 \begin_layout Subsection
14904 \begin_layout Standard
14905 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
14906 brings up a settings dialog.
14907 Among these options are:
14910 \begin_layout Itemize
14911 Adding/removing border lines from a row or column.
14912 If you remove the top line from one of the rows, you'll get a dotted line
14913 in LyX, but no line will appear in the printout.
14914 If you set the bottom line of one row and the top line of the row below,
14915 then the rows are separated by a small space, as you can see with the top
14916 row in the example above.
14917 You can do the same vertically if you set the right line of a column and
14918 the left line of the column to the right.
14921 \begin_layout Itemize
14922 Text alignment in a column
14925 \begin_layout Itemize
14926 Appending rows and columns
14929 \begin_layout Itemize
14930 Deleting rows, columns, or the entire table
14933 \begin_layout Itemize
14937 \begin_layout Itemize
14938 Setting a fixed width for a column
14941 \begin_layout Itemize
14942 Longtable options - this is useful if your table is higher than the paper.
14943 Then the table is split on the bottom of the page and continued on the
14944 next one, instead of running of the end of the page.
14947 \begin_layout Itemize
14948 Rotate the whole table or a single cell sideways, by 90 degrees
14951 \begin_layout Standard
14952 You can also use the menu to perform these operations.
14958 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14967 when the cursor is inside a table.
14971 \begin_layout Standard
14972 Most of these options also work on selections.
14973 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
14974 done on all of your selection.
14975 Note that there is a difference between selecting the
14979 of the cell, and the cell itself.
14980 If you can see a red border inside a cell, then a selection will select
14986 or click outside of the box, then the selection will select cells (whether
14987 you use the mouse or the normal cursor-movement keys).
14990 \begin_layout Standard
14991 When you append a row, it is added
14995 the row containing the cursor.
14996 Similarly, columns are appended to the
15001 This makes it difficult to add columns on the left edge of a table without
15002 a lot of cutting and pasting.
15003 Deletion is always performed on the row or column containing the cursor.
15007 \begin_layout Standard
15008 The multicolumn option merges two or more adjacent cells on a given row.
15009 For example, in the above table, row
15010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15017 has had multicolumn applied to the columns labelled
15018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15033 To use it, you must first select the cells, then choose
15038 This will not work vertically - see the Table Examples document for how
15042 \begin_layout Standard
15047 if you need to have a special handling for a single table cell's top and
15048 bottom border lines and text alignment.
15049 Here an example of this special handling of a cell:
15052 \begin_layout Standard
15054 \begin_inset Tabular
15055 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15057 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15058 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15059 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15060 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15061 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15064 \begin_layout Standard
15079 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15082 \begin_layout Standard
15097 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15100 \begin_layout Standard
15116 <row topline="true">
15117 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15120 \begin_layout Standard
15135 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15138 \begin_layout Standard
15152 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15155 \begin_layout Standard
15170 <row topline="true">
15171 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15174 \begin_layout Standard
15189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15192 \begin_layout Standard
15206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15209 \begin_layout Standard
15224 <row topline="true">
15225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15228 \begin_layout Standard
15243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15246 \begin_layout Standard
15260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15263 \begin_layout Standard
15278 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15282 \begin_layout Standard
15297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15300 \begin_layout Standard
15314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15317 \begin_layout Standard
15339 \begin_layout Standard
15340 You see here that the header line cells are aligned to the center, whereas
15341 the left column is aligned to the left, and the other columns are aligned
15343 Also the bottom and top line of two cells have been removed.
15344 \begin_inset Note Note
15347 \begin_layout Standard
15348 I can make nothing of this explanation.
15349 An improvement would be nice :) - jbl
15357 \begin_layout Standard
15358 If you want your column to have a fixed width, then you can insert a width
15371 This will then allow the cell to have multiple paragraphs of text.
15374 \begin_layout Standard
15375 If your table becomes too large to fit on a portrait document layout, you
15378 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15381 button, and the table will appear sideways (this means landscape in a portrait
15383 You might also like to rotate single table cells to give them more horizontal
15385 The example below demonstrates why it is useful to rotate single cells.
15388 \begin_layout Standard
15395 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15402 display on screen, and works
15406 for PostScript output.
15407 So, if you want to preview them, use
15412 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15426 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
15431 will not show the table properly.
15434 \begin_layout Standard
15436 \begin_inset Tabular
15437 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="12">
15439 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15440 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15441 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15442 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15443 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15444 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15445 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15446 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15447 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15448 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15449 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15450 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15451 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15455 \begin_layout Standard
15470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15473 \begin_layout Standard
15488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15491 \begin_layout Standard
15506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15509 \begin_layout Standard
15524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15527 \begin_layout Standard
15542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15545 \begin_layout Standard
15560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15563 \begin_layout Standard
15578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15581 \begin_layout Standard
15596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15599 \begin_layout Standard
15614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15617 \begin_layout Standard
15632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15635 \begin_layout Standard
15650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15653 \begin_layout Standard
15669 <row topline="true">
15670 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15673 \begin_layout Standard
15689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15692 \begin_layout Standard
15707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15710 \begin_layout Standard
15716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15719 \begin_layout Standard
15734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15737 \begin_layout Standard
15752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15755 \begin_layout Standard
15761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15764 \begin_layout Standard
15779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15782 \begin_layout Standard
15788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15791 \begin_layout Standard
15806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15809 \begin_layout Standard
15824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15827 \begin_layout Standard
15842 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15845 \begin_layout Standard
15861 <row topline="true">
15862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15865 \begin_layout Standard
15881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15884 \begin_layout Standard
15890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15893 \begin_layout Standard
15908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15911 \begin_layout Standard
15926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15929 \begin_layout Standard
15944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15947 \begin_layout Standard
15962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15965 \begin_layout Standard
15980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15983 \begin_layout Standard
15998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16001 \begin_layout Standard
16016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16019 \begin_layout Standard
16034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16037 \begin_layout Standard
16052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16055 \begin_layout Standard
16071 <row topline="true">
16072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16075 \begin_layout Standard
16091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16094 \begin_layout Standard
16109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16112 \begin_layout Standard
16127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16130 \begin_layout Standard
16145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16148 \begin_layout Standard
16154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16157 \begin_layout Standard
16172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16175 \begin_layout Standard
16190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16193 \begin_layout Standard
16208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16211 \begin_layout Standard
16226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16229 \begin_layout Standard
16235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16238 \begin_layout Standard
16253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16256 \begin_layout Standard
16272 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16276 \begin_layout Standard
16292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16295 \begin_layout Standard
16310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16313 \begin_layout Standard
16319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16322 \begin_layout Standard
16337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16340 \begin_layout Standard
16355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16358 \begin_layout Standard
16364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16367 \begin_layout Standard
16373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16376 \begin_layout Standard
16391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16394 \begin_layout Standard
16409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16412 \begin_layout Standard
16427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16430 \begin_layout Standard
16436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16439 \begin_layout Standard
16455 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16459 \begin_layout Standard
16474 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16477 \begin_layout Standard
16492 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16495 \begin_layout Standard
16501 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16504 \begin_layout Standard
16510 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16513 \begin_layout Standard
16519 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16522 \begin_layout Standard
16528 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16531 \begin_layout Standard
16537 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16540 \begin_layout Standard
16546 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16549 \begin_layout Standard
16555 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16558 \begin_layout Standard
16564 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16567 \begin_layout Standard
16573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16576 \begin_layout Standard
16599 \begin_layout Subsection
16600 What can be placed inside a table cell?
16603 \begin_layout Standard
16604 Many objects can be placed inside a table cell.
16605 Any single line of text, an equation (not a displayed or multilined equation,
16606 though), or a figure can be in a cell; in fact, all three kinds of objects
16607 can be placed in the same cell.
16608 Font sizes and shapes can be altered, and the table will adjust to display
16610 However, you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16614 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16615 for the cell's paragraph.
16618 \begin_layout Subsection
16619 Cut & Paste in Tables
16622 \begin_layout Standard
16623 Cutting and pasting between tables works reasonably well.
16624 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
16625 Selection with the mouse or with
16629 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
16630 The values in the second table below were cut and pasted from the first,
16631 using the mouse to select and paste.
16634 \begin_layout Standard
16636 \begin_inset Tabular
16637 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
16639 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16640 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16641 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16642 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16646 \begin_layout Standard
16661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16664 \begin_layout Standard
16679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16682 \begin_layout Standard
16699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16702 \begin_layout Standard
16717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16720 \begin_layout Standard
16735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16738 \begin_layout Standard
16754 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16758 \begin_layout Standard
16773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16776 \begin_layout Standard
16791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16794 \begin_layout Standard
16817 \begin_layout Standard
16819 \begin_inset Tabular
16820 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
16822 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16823 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16824 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16825 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16829 \begin_layout Standard
16844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16847 \begin_layout Standard
16862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16865 \begin_layout Standard
16882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16885 \begin_layout Standard
16900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16903 \begin_layout Standard
16918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16921 \begin_layout Standard
16937 <row topline="true">
16938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16941 \begin_layout Standard
16956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16959 \begin_layout Standard
16965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16968 \begin_layout Standard
16975 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16979 \begin_layout Standard
16985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16988 \begin_layout Standard
16994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16997 \begin_layout Standard
17011 \begin_layout Standard
17012 Note that you can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit
17013 by starting the selection from outside the table.
17016 \begin_layout Subsection
17017 Multiple lines in cells
17020 \begin_layout Standard
17021 It is possible to have multi-line entries in tables, but not in a completely
17023 Define a fixed length for the column in the
17028 After this, your text is automatically split into more lines and the cell
17029 enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given fixed
17034 \begin_layout Standard
17036 \begin_inset Tabular
17037 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17039 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17040 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
17041 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17042 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17046 \begin_layout Standard
17061 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17064 \begin_layout Standard
17079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17082 \begin_layout Standard
17099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17102 \begin_layout Standard
17117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17120 \begin_layout Standard
17130 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17138 \begin_layout Standard
17154 <row bottomline="true">
17155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17158 \begin_layout Standard
17173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17176 \begin_layout Standard
17186 This is longer now.
17191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17194 \begin_layout Standard
17210 <row bottomline="true">
17211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17214 \begin_layout Standard
17229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17232 \begin_layout Standard
17242 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17243 This is longer now.
17248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17251 \begin_layout Standard
17274 \begin_layout Standard
17275 Text within a cell will not normally wrap to fit the page, so if a line
17276 of text in a table is too long, the table will extend beyond the right
17277 margin of the page.
17278 Similarly, tables will not split themselves at the bottom of a page, and
17279 so might extend below the bottom margin.
17280 You have these options to resolve this problem:
17283 \begin_layout Enumerate
17284 Split it into two tables.
17287 \begin_layout Enumerate
17297 This automatically splits the table over more pages, if it is too tall.
17298 After doing this, the list of
17302 buttons activate themselves and you may now define:
17306 \begin_layout Enumerate
17312 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17313 defined are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17316 \begin_layout Enumerate
17321 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17322 defined are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17323 except for the first page, if
17331 \begin_layout Enumerate
17336 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17337 defined are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17338 except for the last page, if
17346 \begin_layout Enumerate
17352 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17353 defined are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17356 \begin_layout Standard
17357 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17358 of the fact that only the first flag is used in the given table rows.
17359 The others will then be defined as
17364 In this context, first means first in this order:
17366 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
17386 example file to see how this works.
17392 \begin_layout Standard
17393 The check box in the long table options can be used to specify specific
17394 rows to break the page on as well.
17398 \begin_layout Enumerate
17399 A table can also be placed in a float, as described below, which will allow
17400 TeX to place it as well as it can within the page.
17403 \begin_layout Subsection
17405 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table float}
17412 \begin_layout Standard
17413 Outside of a float, the table will be positioned exactly where it is placed
17432 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17442 menu will enable LaTeX to place the table where it fits best, rather than
17443 exactly where you insert it.
17444 Float placement for table floats is similar to that for figure floats
17445 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
17449 , and is described in section
17450 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn}
17455 Captions also work the same way as with figure floats, as described in
17457 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
17463 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table:a table float}
17467 is an example of a table float.
17468 \begin_inset Float table
17474 \begin_layout Caption
17475 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float}
17482 \begin_layout Standard
17484 \begin_inset Tabular
17485 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17487 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17488 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17489 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17490 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17494 \begin_layout Standard
17509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17512 \begin_layout Standard
17527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17530 \begin_layout Standard
17546 <row topline="true">
17547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17550 \begin_layout Standard
17565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17568 \begin_layout Standard
17583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17586 \begin_layout Standard
17602 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17606 \begin_layout Standard
17616 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17627 \begin_layout Standard
17637 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17639 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17650 \begin_layout Standard
17660 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17681 \begin_layout Section
17682 Table of Contents and other Listings
17683 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:toc}
17690 \begin_layout Standard
17691 One of the really nice features of LaTeX is the ease with which it lets
17693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17700 such as a Table of Contents.
17701 All you need to do is to use certain environments and insert a reference
17702 at the place where you want the list to appear.
17705 \begin_layout Subsection
17706 The Table of Contents
17709 \begin_layout Standard
17710 In order to get a Table of Contents, you need to do four things:
17713 \begin_layout Enumerate
17714 Use a document class that includes support (all but
17721 \begin_layout Enumerate
17722 Set paragraph environments appropriately:
17732 (Sub...), Paragraph
17735 Note that styles with a
17747 appear in the Table of Contents.
17750 \begin_layout Enumerate
17751 Make sure you set the
17756 ection\InsetSpace ~
17757 number\InsetSpace ~
17776 Document\InsetSpace ~
17779 dialog to the appropriate value as described in
17780 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:section-depth}
17787 \begin_layout Enumerate
17788 Insert the ToC command at some place in the document.
17789 You'll find it under
17794 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17801 C\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17813 \begin_layout Standard
17814 You can also bring up a dialog for navigating through your document with
17820 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17832 \begin_layout Subsection
17833 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
17834 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ListsOf}
17841 \begin_layout Standard
17842 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
17843 You can insert them from the
17848 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17858 If you want figures, tables, or algorithms to appear in the list, you must
17859 place them inside a float of the relevant type and add a caption.
17862 \begin_layout Chapter
17863 Mathematical Formulae
17866 \begin_layout Section
17870 \begin_layout Standard
17871 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon with
17872 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$
17876 That will open a little blue square, with purple markers around it, on
17878 That blue square is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate what
17879 level of nesting within the formula you are at.
17880 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
17887 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
17892 menu; or you can use a keyboard macro,
17906 (CUA binding only).
17909 \begin_layout Standard
17910 If you simply need to type a single Greek letter, such as
17911 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
17914 , there is a special shortcut.
17922 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
17932 \begin_inset Formula $\beta$
17938 \begin_layout Standard
17939 Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the
17944 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17949 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17961 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17969 The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it
17970 somewhere on the screen.
17971 If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel
17972 will insert a formula for you.
17975 \begin_layout Subsection
17976 Navigating a Formula
17979 \begin_layout Standard
17980 The best control over cursor position within an existing formula is achieved
17981 with the arrow keys.
17982 Mathed uses small squares to indicate places where something can be inserted.
17983 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
17988 will leave a fraction or other formula construct (a square root
17989 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
17993 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
17997 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17999 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18007 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18012 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18013 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18016 \begin_layout Standard
18021 seems to do nothing in Mathed, since it does not in fact add a space between
18022 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18023 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18028 For example, if you want
18029 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18076 , since in the latter case only the
18079 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18084 will be under the square root sign,
18085 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18089 For those who learned to space out expressions in this way, it takes a
18093 \begin_layout Standard
18094 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18096 \begin_inset Formula \[
18097 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18100 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\]
18104 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18105 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18108 \begin_layout Subsection
18112 \begin_layout Standard
18113 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18114 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18118 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18119 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18120 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18121 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula
18122 (not in a plain text region in LyX, though).
18125 \begin_layout Subsection
18126 Exponents and Subscripts
18129 \begin_layout Standard
18130 You can use the math panel to add superscripts or subscripts, but the much
18131 easier way is to use the standard TeX method.
18133 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18149 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression, instead of
18150 in the superscript.
18156 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18160 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18181 Subscripts are similar, to get
18182 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
18197 Note that by default, the superscript or subscript is only for the single
18198 symbol to the left, which changes the spacing and alignment; you should
18200 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping}
18204 if you need to alter this.
18207 \begin_layout Subsection
18211 \begin_layout Standard
18212 Create a fraction with either
18220 (in Mathed) or using the fraction icon in the
18240 You will be presented with an empty fraction, with two Mathed insertion
18241 squares top and bottom.
18242 The cursor moves immediately to the top of the fraction.
18243 To move to the bottom, simply press
18248 To move back up, press
18253 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
18254 \begin_inset Formula \[
18255 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
18257 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
18264 \begin_layout Subsection
18268 \begin_layout Standard
18270 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
18274 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18277 ) signs are very often decorated with one or more sets of
18278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18286 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
18287 a superscript or subscript, directly after the symbol.
18288 Sum will automatically place its
18289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18296 over and under the symbol in display style, but will move them to the side
18297 when inlined, such as
18298 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
18302 \begin_inset Note Note
18305 \begin_layout Standard
18306 We haven't yet explained what display vs.
18313 \begin_inset Formula \[
18314 \sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\]
18318 Integral signs, however, will not by default move the limits to directly
18319 over and under the integral sign in display style, as in
18320 \begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$
18324 \begin_inset Formula \[
18325 \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\]
18329 Both symbols will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode.
18330 In display mode, the placement of the limits (directly above and below,
18331 or offset to the right from the sign) can be changed by placing the cursor
18332 in front of the sign and hitting
18337 Exactly what change occurs depends on the sign.
18341 \begin_layout Standard
18342 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
18343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18350 feature as addition, such as
18351 \begin_inset Formula \[
18352 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
18356 which will place the
18357 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
18361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18368 in display mode, but not in inlined mode,
18369 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
18374 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18377 was entered as a function - you get it in LyX by typing
18383 in math-mode, or choosing from the
18384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18391 menu in the math panel; see
18392 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-functions}
18399 \begin_layout Subsection
18401 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-panel}
18408 \begin_layout Standard
18418 dialog (accessible via
18423 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18430 ) has a more extensive list of symbols and structures.
18431 As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics.
18432 The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the
18433 details in later sections.
18436 \begin_layout Standard
18437 Note that right-clicking on a formula opens the panel as well.
18440 \begin_layout Subsection
18444 \begin_layout Standard
18445 Most math symbols can be found in the math panel under one of several categories
18451 \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$
18459 \begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$
18467 \begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$
18475 \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$
18484 \begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$
18492 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
18494 If you know the standard LaTeX macro for a particular symbol you which
18495 to use, you do not have to use these dialogs, but they will help for those
18496 symbols whose LaTeX name you do not know.
18497 Note that the AMS symbols will not be displayed as symbols in LyX unless
18498 you install the right fonts as described in the relevant manual.
18501 \begin_layout Standard
18502 It is possible to get an nth root symbol.
18503 In the minibuffer, type
18508 This generates a root symbol with an extra box above the root sign.
18517 to move between the two boxes.
18518 You can also use the key binding
18525 \begin_layout Subsection
18529 \begin_layout Standard
18530 You may want to create blank spaces that differs from the standard spacing
18531 that LaTeX provides.
18532 We don't recommend this as a matter of course, since the whole idea of
18533 WYSIWYM is that you don't think about the typesetting, but the content.
18534 However, there are situations where you will want to add spaces.
18535 The first thing to do is to type
18540 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen within
18542 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
18546 The next trick is to change that space to different sizes.
18551 you move the cursor, after typing
18559 again, you will change the size of the space, through a number of variable
18561 The last ones in the list are red, and are a negative space.
18563 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
18567 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
18571 You can also insert these spaces via the math panel.
18574 \begin_layout Subsection
18576 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-functions}
18583 \begin_layout Standard
18584 The math panel contains a number of
18585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18593 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
18597 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18605 (you can type them in a formula by typing
18612 Standard mathematical practice is that functions which are names, like
18614 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
18617 , should not be italicized.
18618 Entering just the letters
18619 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
18622 within Mathed will give italics, of course, so these special macros are
18624 They do more to the final output than just change the typeface, however.
18625 For example, the expression
18626 \begin_inset Formula $\sin t$
18629 will typeset with a little extra space between the n and the t.
18630 For words which are more sophisticated mathematical objects, like
18631 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18634 , the macro changes the way that subscripts are placed, depending on whether
18635 the math-inset is inlined or displayed:
18636 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$
18640 \begin_inset Formula \[
18641 \lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\]
18645 These two expressions were typed the same way, but using the macro
18651 alters the appearance (actually, it is the inlined version that is altered,
18652 to improve linespacing).
18655 \begin_layout Subsection
18659 \begin_layout Standard
18660 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
18662 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
18663 You can also use TeX macro equivalents, as macros.
18664 That is, you can enter
18665 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
18668 to get the same effect if your keyboard does not have accents enabled.
18669 This is entered by typing
18670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18684 These are the equivalences between the text names and the macro names for
18685 the various accents:
18688 \begin_layout Standard
18690 \begin_inset Tabular
18691 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
18693 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18694 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18695 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
18696 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18700 \begin_layout Standard
18715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18718 \begin_layout Standard
18733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18736 \begin_layout Standard
18752 <row topline="true">
18753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18756 \begin_layout Standard
18771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18774 \begin_layout Standard
18789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18792 \begin_layout Standard
18802 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
18811 <row topline="true">
18812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18815 \begin_layout Standard
18830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18833 \begin_layout Standard
18848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18851 \begin_layout Standard
18861 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
18870 <row topline="true">
18871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18874 \begin_layout Standard
18889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18892 \begin_layout Standard
18907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18910 \begin_layout Standard
18920 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
18929 <row topline="true">
18930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18933 \begin_layout Standard
18948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18951 \begin_layout Standard
18966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18969 \begin_layout Standard
18979 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
18988 <row topline="true">
18989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18992 \begin_layout Standard
19007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19010 \begin_layout Standard
19025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19028 \begin_layout Standard
19038 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19047 <row topline="true">
19048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19051 \begin_layout Standard
19066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19069 \begin_layout Standard
19084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19087 \begin_layout Standard
19097 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19106 <row topline="true">
19107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19110 \begin_layout Standard
19125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19128 \begin_layout Standard
19143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19146 \begin_layout Standard
19156 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
19165 <row topline="true">
19166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19169 \begin_layout Standard
19184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19187 \begin_layout Standard
19202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19205 \begin_layout Standard
19215 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
19224 <row topline="true">
19225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19228 \begin_layout Standard
19243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19246 \begin_layout Standard
19261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19264 \begin_layout Standard
19274 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
19283 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19287 \begin_layout Standard
19302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19305 \begin_layout Standard
19320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19323 \begin_layout Standard
19333 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
19349 \begin_layout Standard
19350 Finally, you can choose one of these accents by selecting an item from the
19355 symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
19356 made within a formula too.
19359 \begin_layout Subsection
19360 The math editor for LaTeX users
19363 \begin_layout Standard
19364 Editing mathematical expressions in LyX can be done in one of two ways.
19365 You can use the native LyX support for rendering the formulae in a WYSIWYM
19367 LaTeX users might like to be able to use the keyboard to enter things like
19374 (this gets, in ordinary TeX, an
19375 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19378 in the final document), believing that it is faster than chasing around
19379 menus for a symbol.
19380 Here's a testimonial of one of those old LaTeX users,
19385 \begin_layout Quotation
19386 I was finally convinced that the math editor was the way to go when I found
19387 that, with a few modifications, I could use it the same way I was accustomed
19389 As an example, I created this
19390 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19393 by typing the following keys: First type
19423 As soon as I typed that
19428 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19431 was right there on the screen.
19435 \begin_layout Standard
19441 sequence inserts a formula (you may also use
19456 is of course the standard TeX command for a Greek alpha letter, and the
19461 leaves the formula.
19462 Some of the advantages of this approach are:
19465 \begin_layout Itemize
19466 You have immediate visual feedback to be sure your TeX was correct
19469 \begin_layout Itemize
19470 You have the real mathematical expression on the screen, correctly displayed,
19471 to make sure your mathematics is correct (correctly written, at least)
19474 \begin_layout Itemize
19475 All the new LaTeX fuss with special environments and such are taken care
19479 \begin_layout Itemize
19480 You won't have to chase through the code trying to find that missing
19491 \begin_layout Itemize
19492 If you don't remember the LaTeX name of a particular symbol, like
19493 \begin_inset Formula $\wp$
19496 , you can find it in the dialogs
19499 \begin_layout Section
19500 Brackets and decorations
19503 \begin_layout Standard
19504 There are several brackets available through LyX.
19505 For most purposes, using just the keys
19511 should suffice, but the effect, especially if you want to surround a large
19512 structure, such as a matrix or a fraction, or if you have several layers
19513 of brackets, is better using the math panel's
19519 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-panel}
19524 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
19526 \begin_inset Formula \[
19527 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
19529 3 & 4\end{array}\right],\]
19533 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses of an abomination
19535 \begin_inset Formula \[
19536 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
19541 \begin_inset Formula \[
19542 f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\]
19546 The parentheses, and other brackets, from that menu will automatically re-size
19547 to accommodate the size of what is inside (This is done in straight LaTeX
19560 \begin_layout Standard
19561 It is very easy to construct the braces you want to use.
19562 Click on the brace you want on the left side with the left mouse button,
19563 the right side with the right button, and place them in the document by
19564 clicking on the button.
19565 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
19566 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will print.
19569 \begin_layout Standard
19570 If you decide after the fact to place parentheses (or other math structure,
19571 like a square root, or other decoration) around some math structure, you
19572 can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside
19573 the parentheses (that is done by holding the
19577 key down and moving the cursor with the arrow keys, or selecting with the
19579 Then, choose the appropriate brackets for left and right, and click on
19585 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
19588 \begin_layout Standard
19589 If you're trying to enter a LaTeX
19593 for grouping, you should read
19594 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping}
19601 \begin_layout Section
19603 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Grouping}
19610 \begin_layout Standard
19611 You may need to group a set of symbols.
19612 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
19623 \begin_layout Standard
19624 \begin_inset Formula \[
19625 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{{y^{z}}}\]
19632 \begin_layout Standard
19633 However, trying to type the
19637 in LyX gives an actual closing brace in the output.
19638 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
19645 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
19646 The example directly above shows how this works.
19649 \begin_layout Section
19650 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
19653 \begin_layout Standard
19654 Arrays, such as matrices, are easily entered in LyX.
19660 there is a matrix button, which will open a dialog for you to choose the
19661 number of rows/columns.
19662 Here is an example:
19663 \begin_inset Formula \[
19664 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
19667 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\]
19671 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as usual.
19672 Remember that you can add this after the fact, by highlighting the matrix
19673 inside Mathed (Position the mouse on one side of the matrix, hold the
19677 key down, and hit the appropriate arrow key to move the cursor across the
19679 You can, when you construct the matrix, decide whether the columns (or
19680 some of them) will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
19681 The specification is
19686 Each letter corresponds to the relevant column.
19691 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
19692 centered, and the third column will be right-justified..
19693 It will look like this:
19694 \begin_inset Formula \[
19696 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
19697 column & has & has\, right\\
19698 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
19705 \begin_layout Standard
19706 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
19710 while in the matrix, and you can add columns, or delete either, via the
19716 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19726 \begin_layout Standard
19727 There are numerous other arrays used in LaTeX math-mode, particularly with
19728 the AMS-LaTeX packages included, such as
19734 and commutative diagrams.
19735 Not all of these are supported in LyX.
19736 However, it is possible to build these structures from a matrix.
19739 \begin_layout Standard
19740 Multi-line equations are very easy to construct in LyX.
19741 A formula will automatically switch to an
19747 format (LaTeX's multi-line displayed equation format) if you hit
19755 The best way to do this, if you decide you want a multi-line displayed
19756 equation, is to insert a new line (with
19763 Each line then has three regions, left, center, and right, which you can
19764 move through using either the arrow keys, the mouse, or the
19771 Here is an example:
19772 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
19774 4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*}
19778 You can also turn an existing displayed formula into a multi-line formula
19785 while the cursor is anywhere on the original formula.
19790 try to decide where to break the formula up into three parts, but places
19791 everything in the left side of the line.
19792 To change the alignment points of the equation, place the cursor where
19793 you want to start the middle part of the line, and hit
19798 It then puts everything to the right of the cursor in the middle region
19799 of the equation (which, by the way, is not typeset by LaTeX in display-math
19800 size, so you should not put large expressions like fractions there).
19801 Move to where you want the right side of the line to begin, and hit
19807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19814 insertion points in the line will disappear.
19817 \begin_layout Section
19818 Equation Numbering and Labels
19819 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-label}
19826 \begin_layout Standard
19827 Equation numbering is very easy in LyX.
19828 All it takes to change a displayed equation like:
19829 \begin_inset Formula \[
19834 into the numbered equation :
19835 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
19836 1+2=3\label{mathed:first-eqn}\end{equation}
19847 menu, and select the
19856 This opens a dialog in which you must enter some string as the label.
19857 There is no need to call it by a specific number, since LaTeX will take
19858 care of re-numbering the equation.
19859 Labels will not appear as such on the final output.
19860 LaTeX will insert appropriate numbers for the equations.
19861 The labels are used internally for cross-referencing.
19862 You can turn on numbering without a specific label with the menu option
19868 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19873 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19874 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
19881 while the cursor is in the equation, such as:
19884 \begin_layout Standard
19885 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
19886 1+1=2.\end{equation}
19890 You can toggle it on or off with this menu item.
19891 You can reference a labelled (not just numbered) equation, (cf.
19893 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:first-eqn}
19901 dialog, which you open using
19906 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19917 \begin_layout Standard
19918 For numbered (or labelled) multi-line formulas, the default is that all
19919 lines are numbered separately.
19920 Once you attach a label to make the equation numbered, all subsequent lines
19921 receive a label of #.
19922 That label can be changed to another so that you can refer to that line,
19924 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:third-eqn}
19929 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
19930 1 & = & 3-2\label{mathed:second-equation}\\
19931 2 & = & 4-2\label{mathed:third-eqn}\\
19932 4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray}
19936 You can turn off numbering of a specific line with
19941 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19946 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19947 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
19952 umbering\InsetSpace ~
19956 while the cursor is on that line of a multi-line numbered equation.
19959 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
19960 1 & = & 4-3\label{mathed:fourth-eqn}\\
19962 1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\
19963 16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn}\end{eqnarray}
19967 Note that the first equation in this set (
19968 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fourth-eqn}
19972 ) is labelled, the next is numbered but unlabelled, the third is unnumbered,
19974 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fifth-eqn}
19978 ) is again labelled.
19982 \begin_layout Section
19983 User defined macros in math mode
19986 \begin_layout Standard
19987 LyX allows the user to define macros for use in math mode.
19988 A macro definition box appears on screen as purple box with the name of
19989 the macro in blue (math color).
19990 It contains two cells initially marked empty by blue rectangles that can
19991 be edited as if it were ordinary math.
19993 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
19994 \newcommand{\macro}{a+b}
19997 The contents of the first cell will be used when the macro definition is
19998 written during export as LaTeX.
19999 The contents of the second cell, however, will be used for drawing the
20000 macro's expansion on screen.
20001 In the common case where both export and drawing use the same representation,
20002 the second cell can be left empty and LyX will use the contents of the
20003 first cell will be used for export and drawing automatically.
20006 \begin_layout Standard
20007 Now, to use this macro in other math boxes just type the name in TeX mode,
20014 , and it will be automatically expanded:
20015 \begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$
20019 As you can verify, the cursor can't go inside the macro, the whole macro
20020 is like a single character, and the TeX generated code of this expression
20028 \begin_layout Standard
20029 However the cursor could go inside of some kind of macros, those that have
20035 In a macro definition box an argument looks like a
20039 followed by the argument number:
20040 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20041 \newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}}
20047 \begin_layout Standard
20048 Once expanded, this macro includes the usual empty rectangle to indicate
20049 that you can insert there whatever you want:
20054 \begin_inset Formula $\macrowarg{}$
20061 \begin_inset Formula $b=\macrowarg{x-2}$
20068 \begin_layout Standard
20069 When exported to LaTeX, a macro definition will produce the command
20082 \begin_layout Subsection
20083 How to create macros
20086 \begin_layout Standard
20087 To create a macro definition box use this syntax in the minibuffer:
20091 \begin_layout Standard
20092 Macro names mustn't contain numbers!
20100 \begin_layout Standard
20103 math-macro <macro name> [number of arguments]
20106 \begin_layout Standard
20114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20137 math-macro macrowarg 1
20140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20146 \begin_layout Standard
20147 To insert an argument mark (only inside a macro definition box) simply type
20155 math-macro-arg <number>
20158 \begin_layout Standard
20159 The argument mark in
20165 was introduced with
20166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20180 \begin_layout Standard
20181 You can use no more than 9 arguments, numbered from 1 to 9.
20182 An argument can be repeated inside the macro definition box, but of course
20183 can be edited only once.
20186 \begin_layout Subsection
20187 How to navigate in macros
20190 \begin_layout Description
20194 keys: Opening a macro from the left side will put the cursor
20195 in the first argument, to move to the second argument use the TAB key.
20196 Remember that pressing the Space bar will get the cursor out and at the
20197 right side of the macro.
20200 \begin_layout Description
20203 mouse: As usual, click on the desired argument box.
20204 Sometimes this fails if the box is empty or too small.
20207 \begin_layout Standard
20208 Currently it is only possible to define command macros, but not environment
20212 \begin_layout Section
20216 \begin_layout Subsection
20220 \begin_layout Standard
20221 You can use various typefaces in a formula.
20222 The standard font for text is italic,
20223 \begin_inset Formula $text$
20226 , but for numbers the standard is Roman.
20227 To set a font in a formula, choose it from the math panel, or by entering
20228 the LaTeX command for it directly, as follows:
20231 \begin_layout Standard
20233 \begin_inset Tabular
20234 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
20236 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20237 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20238 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20242 \begin_layout Standard
20248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20251 \begin_layout Standard
20258 <row topline="true">
20259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20262 \begin_layout Standard
20269 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
20277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20280 \begin_layout Standard
20291 <row topline="true">
20292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20295 \begin_layout Standard
20296 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
20304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20307 \begin_layout Standard
20318 <row topline="true">
20319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20322 \begin_layout Standard
20323 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
20331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20334 \begin_layout Standard
20345 <row topline="true">
20346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20349 \begin_layout Standard
20356 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
20364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20367 \begin_layout Standard
20378 <row topline="true">
20379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20382 \begin_layout Standard
20383 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}$
20391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20394 \begin_layout Standard
20405 <row topline="true">
20406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20409 \begin_layout Standard
20410 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
20418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20421 \begin_layout Standard
20432 <row topline="true">
20433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20436 \begin_layout Standard
20444 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
20452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20455 \begin_layout Standard
20466 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20470 \begin_layout Standard
20471 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
20479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20482 \begin_layout Standard
20500 \begin_layout Standard
20501 LaTeX's math mode does not support all characters in all fonts, and only
20502 letters will be supported with these font styles; some only support capital
20506 \begin_layout Standard
20507 For any of these fonts, you have to be careful how you enter the text.
20508 If there is text to the right of the entry point, the font reverts to that
20509 style after one character.
20510 To be able to type a string in a particular font, make sure there is a
20511 protected-space to the right of the cursor.
20512 Also, entering a protected-space will revert subsequent text to standard
20514 The font styles are nestable, as LaTeX does.
20515 This can be a little confusing, as selecting a different font on a selection
20520 change the selection, but insert a new nested level with the new typeface.
20523 \begin_layout Standard
20524 It is possible (in AMS-LaTeX) to embolden (not italicize) numbers and special
20526 However, LyX does not yet support this in WYSIWYM manner\SpecialChar \@.
20529 To get emboldened symbols, for example a bold
20530 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20542 The closing brace appears (in red) automatically when you type the opening
20544 This works for all symbols, as well as numbers.
20547 \begin_layout Standard
20548 A number of other options are available as well, via
20553 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20558 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
20565 \begin_layout Subsection
20569 \begin_layout Standard
20570 Typefaces are useful for entering variable names in some given font, but
20571 certainly not for anything else, and in particular not text.
20572 For typing longer pieces of text, use math text mode, which is obtained
20577 while already in math mode.
20578 (The same command will get out of math text mode, too.) Math text mode appears
20579 on the screen in black instead of blue.
20580 You cannot enter punctuation or font changes in your text
20584 \begin_layout Standard
20585 Moreover, math text mode outputs its contents inside a
20603 ) might have been a better choice
20608 , but it works for simple text.
20610 \begin_inset Formula \[
20611 f(x)=\begin{array}{cc}
20612 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
20613 -x & \textrm{otherwise}\end{array}\]
20620 \begin_layout Subsection
20624 \begin_layout Standard
20625 There are four (relative) font sizes (or
20626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20633 ) used in math-mode, which are automatically chosen in most situations.
20651 For most characters,
20659 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
20660 and certain other effects, are set larger or placed differently in
20665 Except for some operators, which re-size themselves to accommodate various
20666 situations, all text will be set in these various sizes as LaTeX thinks
20668 These choices can be over-ridden by using the
20672 function in the minibuffer.
20673 For example, you can set
20674 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
20681 ), or you can make it larger, which also changes the line-spacing, by entering
20684 math-size displaystyle
20686 in the minibuffer while the cursor is in the main line of the math-inset,
20688 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
20692 Careful, though, if the cursor is on the denominator of that fraction,
20693 only the numerator will be enlarged, e.g.
20695 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
20698 ! This reflects a LaTeX
20699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20710 \begin_layout Standard
20717 These font-size changes are not as apparent in LyX as they are in the output.
20718 Here are some text in the various styles:
20719 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
20723 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
20727 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
20731 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
20737 \begin_layout Standard
20738 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that is, if the whole math
20739 inset and surrounding text are set in a particular size, all these sizes
20741 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
20742 will be adjusted to correspond.
20746 \begin_layout Standard
20750 Here is a paragraph in
20751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20758 font, with symbols:
20759 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20765 \begin_layout Standard
20766 This applies to math fonts in titles, etc.
20770 \begin_layout Section
20774 \begin_layout Standard
20775 The American Mathematical Society (AMS) provide a LaTeX packages that are
20777 LyX includes some support for these packages.
20780 \begin_layout Subsection
20781 Enabling AMS-Support
20784 \begin_layout Standard
20790 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20797 dialog there is a checkbox,
20804 If selected, this will include the AMS-package in the document, and make
20805 the facilities available.
20808 \begin_layout Subsection
20812 \begin_layout Standard
20813 The AMS-LaTeX packages add support for some mathematical symbols that are
20814 not accessible from plain LaTeX (or LyX), but are fairly common in mathematical
20815 typesetting, such as the old-German Fraktur font and the stylized
20816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20823 fonts commonly used to denote the real or complex numbers, or the integers.
20824 Once activated, all AMS-LaTeX symbols and environments are available.
20825 You will run into trouble if you include these packages from the preamble,
20826 since LyX now defines a few of the macros used in these packages on its
20828 The AMS-layouts include these packages automatically.
20831 \begin_layout Subsection
20835 \begin_layout Standard
20836 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
20837 LyX allows you to choose between
20858 Refer to the AMS-documenta\SpecialChar \-
20859 tion for the differences between these formula
20863 \begin_layout Chapter
20867 \begin_layout Section
20869 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:crossref}
20876 \begin_layout Standard
20877 Those of you reading this manual online will see a grey box with text in
20878 it, right before the beginning of this sentence.
20884 Properly speaking, it is one half of a cross-reference.
20885 The other half is the
20889 proper, and it looks like this:
20890 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}
20895 Again, those of you reading the manual online will see a gray box with
20897 Those reading printed versions, however, will see a number --- in this
20898 case, the number of this section.
20899 There are also other varieties of cross-reference: for example,
20900 \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec:crossref}
20905 This is the page number containing the location of the label.
20906 That's what cross-references do: they let you reference other parts of
20908 You don't need to remember which section number was what anymore --- LyX
20909 will do that for you! All you need to do is use a
20913 to mark a section, figure, table, formula, etc., and then refer to it via
20921 \begin_layout Standard
20922 To insert a label, use
20929 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
20935 A box will appear where you can enter your label.
20936 You can change the name of the label at a later time by simply clicking
20937 on the gray box and reopening the label dialog.
20940 \begin_layout Standard
20941 To insert a reference, select
20948 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
20957 Insert\InsetSpace ~
20960 dialog appears with a list of labels.
20961 Selecting a list item, then clicking
20965 inserts a reference into the text; changing the
20972 allows you to insert a page number or other reference variant instead.
20975 \begin_layout Standard
20976 Note that if you cut & paste text from another document that contains a
20985 , or if you delete a label in your text, LaTeX will complain:
20988 \begin_layout Quote
20995 Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z
21001 There were undefined references
21004 \begin_layout Standard
21005 You'll also see two question marks in the output instead of the reference.
21008 \begin_layout Standard
21009 There are a few more comments we need to make about the
21014 They always print the number of the section heading closest to them.
21015 So --- if you want to put a label on a
21023 heading immediately follows it, you need to put the
21036 It doesn't matter where, and it will look weird on the LyX screen.
21037 However, you need to do this if you want to label the
21041 separately from the
21046 The same goes for all other section headings.
21049 \begin_layout Standard
21062 section headings and table and figure floats.
21063 Bare figures and tables aren't numbered, so, like unnumbered section headings,
21064 you can't really use a
21072 \begin_layout Standard
21077 , but only if you use the
21087 --- the one that refers to a section/table/figure number --- won't work,
21088 because there's no numbered thingy to refer to! You could also use bare
21093 s as page markers, then refer back to them using the
21099 Once again, the regular
21103 won't work very well.
21104 It will refer to something, but that something will typically be the number
21105 of the previous numbered section heading.
21111 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
21116 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:table float}
21121 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-label}
21125 for details on using a
21129 with figures, tables, and equations, respectively.
21133 \begin_layout Section
21134 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
21137 \begin_layout Standard
21138 It is often desirable to include long
21139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21146 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.; these
21147 things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult to typeset
21149 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
21150 resulting in an overfull or underfull line depending on the circumstances.
21153 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21160 within LyX to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully (if necessary)
21161 along automatically determined boundaries.
21164 \begin_layout Standard
21165 At the point in the document where you want to enter the URL (or other address-l
21166 ike entity) simply select
21168 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21175 ; a dialog will appear where you can enter the full URL (in the
21183 In its simplest usage, that's all you need to do.
21184 Click on the following gray box to see how LyX's homepage would be entered:
21186 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org}
21194 \begin_layout Standard
21199 : When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
21200 them with a backslash before, e.g.
21202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21212 URLs mustn't end with a backslash!
21220 \begin_layout Standard
21221 If you would like to associate some definite phrase with the URL, enter
21229 field of the dialog; it will be typeset as plain text immediately before
21231 For example, I might say that you can find all things related to LaTeX
21235 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[CTAN]{http://ctan.tug.org}
21240 On the printed page, the last sentence ends as
21241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21244 all things related to LaTeX at CTAN
21246 http://ctan.tug.org
21249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21255 \begin_layout Standard
21258 Author's Note: somebody needs to document the
21272 \begin_layout Section
21273 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
21274 \begin_inset OptArg
21277 \begin_layout Standard
21286 \begin_layout Standard
21287 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
21288 This can cause over-runs when there is limited horizontal space.
21289 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
21290 title, a long title will over-run past the edges, and look awful.
21293 \begin_layout Standard
21294 LaTeX allows you to specify an optional argument to the section commands
21295 that specifies a shorter version of the title
21299 \begin_layout Standard
21300 For those who don't know LaTeX, commands look like this:
21304 command[optionalargument]{the content}
21310 This shorter version is used in the header and in the actual Table of Contents,
21311 avoiding the problem mentioned.
21312 LyX allows you to specify this optional argument by selecting
21317 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21322 This will insert a box (labelled
21323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21338 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
21339 This also works for captions inside floats.
21342 \begin_layout Standard
21343 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
21346 \begin_layout Section
21350 \begin_layout Standard
21351 Sometimes you wish to be able to output to paper multiple versions of the
21353 The most extreme version of this is, when you want to prepare a single
21354 document in two or more different languages, but as a single document file,
21355 with corresponding pieces of text adjacent in the file and on-screen.
21356 This can be achieved with
21363 \begin_layout Standard
21368 the branches available within a particular document.
21369 This is done in the
21371 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21372 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21376 You can also associate a background colour with each branch, e.g., red for
21377 the English language, blue for the German language branch.
21378 Then, you create a branch inset from the
21380 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21384 The inset will contain the text that you want to be output when this branch
21388 \begin_layout Standard
21397 of a branch is done from the document settings menu.
21398 All insets belonging to deactivated branches will be automatically closed,
21399 those belonging to activated branches automatically opened.
21402 \begin_layout Standard
21403 Other possible applications of the Branches paradigm include a
21404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21411 of a textbook containing the answers to questions, etc.
21412 \begin_inset Note Note
21415 \begin_layout Standard
21416 Once this doc is updated to 1.4, include branch examples here!
21424 \begin_layout Section
21425 Previewing snippets of your document
21428 \begin_layout Standard
21429 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
21430 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
21431 to break your train of thought with
21436 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21444 If you'd like to see your math formulae typeset by LaTeX then install the
21445 necessary software (see below) and select the
21459 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21467 (It can be found in the
21471 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21474 pane in the Qt frontend and the
21478 Feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21481 tab in the XForms frontend.) Previews are generated when you load a document
21482 into LyX and when you finish editing an inset.
21483 Previews of an already loaded document are
21487 generated just by selecting the
21498 \begin_layout Standard
21499 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
21500 It will also generate previews of include insets if you select the
21508 check box in the inset's dialog.
21509 This latter is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure,
21511 Coming in version 1.4 are previews of the external inset also.
21514 \begin_layout Standard
21515 To get previews working, you'll need some additional software.
21516 First, you'll need the preview.sty LaTeX package.
21517 Find it on your local CTAN mirror at
21521 CTAN/support/preview-latex/
21524 Thereafter, you'll need the usual tools:
21536 .Finally, you'll obtain prettier results if you install
21547 \begin_layout Section
21548 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
21551 \begin_layout Subsection
21552 Extra Horizontal Space
21553 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hspace}
21560 \begin_layout Standard
21565 s are a special LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion.
21570 is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining
21571 space between the left and right margins.
21572 If there is more than one
21576 on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves.
21580 \begin_layout Standard
21585 is at the beginning of a line, and it's
21589 the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
21594 s from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
21597 \begin_layout Standard
21604 can be inserted with
21610 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21611 Special\InsetSpace ~
21616 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21621 orizontal\InsetSpace ~
21625 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
21628 \begin_layout Quote
21630 This is on the left side
21632 This is on the right
21635 \begin_layout Quote
21644 \begin_layout Quote
21655 \begin_layout Standard
21656 That was an example in the
21663 :is one in a standard paragraph.
21664 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
21668 sitting in-between the two
21669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21679 \begin_layout Standard
21680 Remember that we said that an
21684 always fills the remaining space between the margins? There may be more
21685 than one set of margins on a line.
21686 Here's an example with the
21693 \begin_layout Labeling
21694 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21706 \begin_layout Standard
21708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21715 marks the beginning of the item.
21716 (There is actually a
21717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21728 inside of the label of the
21732 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.)
21736 s work similarly in other
21737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21744 situations, like two-column mode.
21747 \begin_layout Subsection
21748 Extra Vertical Space
21749 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:vertspace}
21756 \begin_layout Standard
21757 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use
21762 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21767 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
21772 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
21778 \begin_layout Standard
21779 We will not provide an example of a
21783 , as it would waste paper.
21784 They work the same as any other type of filler, including
21788 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
21789 If there are several
21793 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
21794 You can therefore use
21798 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page, or 1/4,
21802 \begin_layout Standard
21803 Note that for paragraphs at the top/bottom of a page, the extra space is
21804 only added if you have also checked the option
21809 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21814 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
21815 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21820 pacing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21831 \begin_layout Subsection
21832 Changing Paragraph Alignment
21835 \begin_layout Standard
21836 You can also change the paragraph alignment with the
21841 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21846 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
21850 There are four possibilities:
21853 \begin_layout Itemize
21862 \begin_layout Itemize
21871 \begin_layout Itemize
21880 \begin_layout Itemize
21889 \begin_layout Standard
21890 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
21891 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
21892 the left and right margins.
21893 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
21896 \begin_layout Standard
21898 This paragraph is right aligned,
21901 \begin_layout Standard
21903 this one is centered,
21906 \begin_layout Standard
21908 this one is left aligned.
21911 \begin_layout Standard
21912 In some paragraph environments, the default is something other than justified
21917 \begin_layout Subsection
21918 Forcing Page Breaks
21919 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pagebreak}
21926 \begin_layout Standard
21927 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
21928 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
21929 In general, this will
21933 be necessary because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking, as was already mentioned
21935 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:widows}
21942 \begin_layout Standard
21943 So in general there is no need to use the option described below, and we
21944 recommend not using it until the text is
21948 finished, and until you have checked in the preview to see if you
21952 have to change the pagebreaking.You can force a pagebreak above or below
21958 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21963 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
21966 dialog by selecting the checkboxes to add a pagebreak above or below the
21970 \begin_layout Standard
21971 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
21972 at the top of a page.
21973 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
21974 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
21975 appear at the top of a page [or the bottom, or on their own page] without
21976 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
21978 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
21983 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
21994 \begin_layout Subsection
21998 \begin_layout Standard
21999 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
22000 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
22001 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
22002 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
22004 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
22008 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22010 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:normblank-lbreak-horline}
22017 \begin_layout Standard
22018 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22019 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
22020 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
22021 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
22022 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
22024 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:abbrev}
22029 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
22030 In this case, insert one with
22035 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22036 Special\InsetSpace ~
22041 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22054 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22058 \begin_layout Standard
22059 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:protblank-lbreak-horline}
22063 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
22064 line at that point.
22065 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
22068 \begin_layout Quote
22069 A good documentation should weight no more than 1
22075 \begin_layout Standard
22076 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
22077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22093 A protected space is set with
22098 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22099 Special\InsetSpace ~
22104 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22117 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22119 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline}
22126 \begin_layout Standard
22128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22135 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
22136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22144 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
22145 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
22146 inside abbreviations:
22149 \begin_layout Quote
22150 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22152 Knuth has developped our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22153 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
22157 \begin_layout Standard
22158 You can insert a thin space with
22163 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22164 Special\InsetSpace ~
22169 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22182 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22186 \begin_layout Standard
22187 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
22188 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via the
22193 To get them, just type
22195 space-insert <command>
22197 into the minibuffer, where
22201 is one of the following:
22204 \begin_layout Standard
22206 \begin_inset Tabular
22207 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
22209 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22210 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22211 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
22212 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22216 \begin_layout Standard
22224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22227 \begin_layout Standard
22235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22238 \begin_layout Standard
22247 <row topline="true">
22248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22251 \begin_layout Standard
22259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22262 \begin_layout Standard
22269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22272 \begin_layout Standard
22279 <row topline="true">
22280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22283 \begin_layout Standard
22291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22294 \begin_layout Standard
22301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22304 \begin_layout Standard
22311 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22315 \begin_layout Standard
22323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22326 \begin_layout Standard
22333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22336 \begin_layout Standard
22343 <row bottomline="true">
22344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22347 \begin_layout Standard
22355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22358 \begin_layout Standard
22365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22368 \begin_layout Standard
22375 <row bottomline="true">
22376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22379 \begin_layout Standard
22387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22390 \begin_layout Standard
22397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22400 \begin_layout Standard
22407 <row bottomline="true">
22408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22411 \begin_layout Standard
22419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22422 \begin_layout Standard
22429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22432 \begin_layout Standard
22439 <row bottomline="true">
22440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22443 \begin_layout Standard
22451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22454 \begin_layout Standard
22461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22464 \begin_layout Standard
22471 <row bottomline="true">
22472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22475 \begin_layout Standard
22483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22486 \begin_layout Standard
22493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22496 \begin_layout Standard
22510 \begin_layout Subsection
22514 \begin_layout Standard
22515 You can force line breaks within a paragraph by selecting
22520 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22521 Special\InsetSpace ~
22526 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22538 You should, however, not use this to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as LaTeX
22543 good at linebreaking\SpecialChar \ldots{}
22545 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pagebreak}
22550 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
22551 set a linebreak, e.g.
22552 in a poem or for an Address (see sections
22553 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quote}
22558 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:verse}
22563 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:adress_usage}
22570 \begin_layout Section
22572 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spellchecking}
22579 \begin_layout Standard
22580 LyX itself has no built-in spellchecker.
22581 Rather it uses the external
22585 program as a backend or the newer and generally better
22590 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
22595 \begin_layout Standard
22596 The spellchecker can be started with the menu entry
22603 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
22612 Checking will start just after the current cursor position.
22613 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
22614 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
22615 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the view
22616 in your text buffer is updated to make the word visible.
22621 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
22623 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy the near miss into the replace
22624 input field (double-click to invoke replace).
22627 \begin_layout Subsection
22628 Spellchecker Options
22629 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spell_opt}
22636 \begin_layout Standard
22637 The following options can be set in the
22642 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22652 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22656 \begin_layout Standard
22657 By default, the dictionary file to use is determined by the language of
22658 the text you're checking, which is set in the
22666 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22674 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, the spellchecker
22676 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
22677 specifying a different
22678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22681 alternative language
22682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22688 \begin_layout Standard
22693 , you may need to make a link from say
22701 or whatever applies for your language.
22702 This is because these
22706 files normally have the native language name (
22707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22718 , when started from LyX, searches for the English version of the name used
22719 with the LaTeX babel package (
22720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22730 \begin_layout Standard
22731 You may also have problems the font encoding is not correct for that dictionary.
22732 If you use a language with
22736 encoding and set the
22748 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22763 ), you must have this option in your language dictionary as well.
22764 If your dictionary doesn't support the
22768 you chose, you'll have an error like this on stderr:
22771 \begin_layout Standard
22774 ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1'
22777 \begin_layout Standard
22778 The spellchecker gives you an error that it couldn't start the
22782 process and that you probably have some problems with your dictionary file.
22786 \begin_layout Standard
22787 There are four solutions to this problem.
22788 The easiest is to try the
22795 If that does not help, you can set
22806 when calling the spellchecker (which is probably annoying).
22807 The third is to add the
22811 option to your dictionary
22822 file and recompile the dictionary (which probably isn't easy if you installed
22823 the whole stuff with some distribution and don't have the language directory
22833 documentation for this task! The fourth is to send a message to your package-ma
22834 intainer, or better yet to the maintainer of the dictionary file in question
22835 and ask him to solve your problem.
22838 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22839 Personal dictionary
22842 \begin_layout Standard
22843 If you want to use a different file from the spellchecker's default choice
22844 as your personal dictionary, you can set this in the dialog.
22845 Specifying a filename which does not already exist will result in an error
22846 message on stderr which you can ignore (
22850 will create the file when you finish checking your spelling).
22853 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22857 \begin_layout Standard
22863 pellchecker\InsetSpace ~
22866 dialog has some additional options which are self-explanatory:
22869 \begin_layout Itemize
22875 ccept compound words
22879 Prevent the spellchecker from complaining about compounded words like
22882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22892 \begin_layout Itemize
22902 Allows you to add nonstandard characters to what the spellchecker considers
22905 This should not normally be needed.
22908 \begin_layout Subsection
22912 \begin_layout Standard
22913 Some users have expressed a wish to be able to globally change the spelling
22914 of a particular word, rather than having to change the spelling separately
22915 for each occurrence of the word.
22916 Per-document word lists would also be useful.
22917 Neither of these features are present as of this writing.
22920 \begin_layout Standard
22921 Unless you're using the
22925 spellchecker, LyX cannot correctly spellcheck documents containing multiple
22927 This, does, however, work with
22931 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
22934 \begin_layout Section
22935 International Support
22938 \begin_layout Standard
22939 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
22940 LyX comes with a default configuration which supports the English language
22941 on a U.S.-style keyboard, with a standard U.S.
22942 paper size and the spellchecker set to U.S.
22944 You can change any or all of these settings as desired, and you can make
22945 the changes apply to the current session only, or use them as your new
22946 default configuration.
22949 \begin_layout Standard
22950 If you have a keyboard suited to the language you are using (for example,
22951 a German keyboard for writing in German), and you have correctly configured
22952 your X environment, all you need to do for LyX is tell it your language,
22953 the character encoding, and desired paper size.
22955 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:langlay}
22959 for more information.
22962 \begin_layout Standard
22963 If, however, you have a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
22964 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
22965 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
22966 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
22968 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:optkey}
22976 \begin_layout Standard
22977 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
22978 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
22979 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
22980 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
22981 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
22982 one to support the characters you want.
22986 \begin_layout Standard
22987 The details of how to customize LyX to your own language are
22991 beyond the scope of this manual.
22992 You can not only alter the keyboard layout, you can also change the names
22993 of the menus buttons, etc., to reflect your language.
22994 If you want to learn more about writing keymap files and tailoring LyX
22995 to your native tongue, please see the
22999 manual for details.
23002 \begin_layout Subsection
23004 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:langlay}
23011 \begin_layout Standard
23017 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23024 dialog lets you set
23026 the language and character encoding for your language.
23030 \begin_layout Standard
23031 Choose your language by clicking on the arrow in t
23048 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23056 The default is U.S.
23058 Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
23059 The language name appears in the window.
23063 \begin_layout Standard
23064 In LaTeX terms, selecting a language other than default adds Babel support.
23065 If you do not have Babel installed, refer to the different LaTeX distributions
23074 \begin_layout Standard
23083 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
23088 encoding, which includes the characters required by the various Western
23089 European languages.
23092 \begin_layout Subsection
23093 Keyboard mapping configuration
23094 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:optkey}
23101 \begin_layout Standard
23102 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
23103 This allows you to choose the keymap of your choice for your U.S.-style keyboard.
23104 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
23105 which one you want to use.
23108 \begin_layout Subsection
23110 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:keytab}
23117 \begin_layout Standard
23120 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cap:The-latin1-character}
23129 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
23133 \begin_layout Standard
23134 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
23135 This manual is set up --- by hand, mind you --- to print all of these character
23137 That ain't the default.
23138 Nowhere near, in fact.
23139 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
23147 \begin_layout Itemize
23148 The characters at entries A2, A4, A5, A6 and AD -- the cent, the yen, the
23149 generic-currency-symbol, the broken vertical bar and the short dash are
23150 just plain missing in the default encodings.
23151 We don't know where they are or why this is the case.
23154 \begin_layout Itemize
23155 Even if you've selected
23164 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23171 dialog, users who have only the
23175 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
23179 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
23180 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
23181 french quotes won't show up.
23184 \begin_layout Itemize
23189 -fonts can, however, get the french quotes [characters AB and BB] if they
23190 include the either the package
23198 in their documents.
23202 \begin_layout Standard
23203 This only holds when you want to input these quotes by yourself.
23204 The automatic quote feature described in Section
23205 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quotes}
23209 , will generate automatically LaTeX code adapted to available fonts and
23216 \begin_inset Note Note
23219 \begin_layout Standard
23220 The characters of the following table, which are inserted as commands, could
23221 not be inserted directly with the keyboard, because the standard encoding
23223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23231 To let LaTeX understand the commands, the package
23235 needs to be loaded in the peamble with the line
23238 \begin_layout Standard
23243 usepackage{textcomp}
23246 \begin_layout Standard
23251 is available on every LaTeX system.
23259 \begin_layout Standard
23260 \begin_inset Float table
23265 \begin_layout Caption
23266 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cap:The-latin1-character}
23277 \begin_layout Standard
23279 \begin_inset Tabular
23280 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
23282 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23283 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23284 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23285 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23286 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23287 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23288 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23289 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23290 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23291 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23292 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23293 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23294 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23295 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23296 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23297 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23298 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23299 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
23300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23303 \begin_layout Standard
23309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23312 \begin_layout Standard
23327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23330 \begin_layout Standard
23345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23348 \begin_layout Standard
23363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23366 \begin_layout Standard
23381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23384 \begin_layout Standard
23399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23402 \begin_layout Standard
23417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23420 \begin_layout Standard
23435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23438 \begin_layout Standard
23453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23456 \begin_layout Standard
23471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23474 \begin_layout Standard
23489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23492 \begin_layout Standard
23507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23510 \begin_layout Standard
23525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23528 \begin_layout Standard
23543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23546 \begin_layout Standard
23561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23564 \begin_layout Standard
23579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23582 \begin_layout Standard
23598 <row topline="true">
23599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23602 \begin_layout Standard
23617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23620 \begin_layout Standard
23626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23629 \begin_layout Standard
23635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23638 \begin_layout Standard
23644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23647 \begin_layout Standard
23661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23664 \begin_layout Standard
23678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23681 \begin_layout Standard
23695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23698 \begin_layout Standard
23712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23715 \begin_layout Standard
23729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23732 \begin_layout Standard
23738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23741 \begin_layout Standard
23747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23750 \begin_layout Standard
23756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23759 \begin_layout Standard
23773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23776 \begin_layout Standard
23790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23793 \begin_layout Standard
23807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23810 \begin_layout Standard
23824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23827 \begin_layout Standard
23842 <row topline="true">
23843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23846 \begin_layout Standard
23861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23864 \begin_layout Standard
23870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23873 \begin_layout Standard
23879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23882 \begin_layout Standard
23896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23899 \begin_layout Standard
23913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23916 \begin_layout Standard
23930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23933 \begin_layout Standard
23947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23950 \begin_layout Standard
23964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23967 \begin_layout Standard
23981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23984 \begin_layout Standard
23990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23993 \begin_layout Standard
23999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24002 \begin_layout Standard
24016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24019 \begin_layout Standard
24033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24036 \begin_layout Standard
24050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24053 \begin_layout Standard
24067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24070 \begin_layout Standard
24084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24087 \begin_layout Standard
24102 <row topline="true">
24103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24106 \begin_layout Standard
24121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24124 \begin_layout Standard
24130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24133 \begin_layout Standard
24139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24142 \begin_layout Standard
24151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24162 \begin_layout Standard
24176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24179 \begin_layout Standard
24193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24196 \begin_layout Standard
24210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24213 \begin_layout Standard
24227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24230 \begin_layout Standard
24244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24247 \begin_layout Standard
24253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24256 \begin_layout Standard
24262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24265 \begin_layout Standard
24269 \begin_layout Standard
24278 \begin_inset Note Note
24281 \begin_layout Standard
24292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24295 \begin_layout Standard
24309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24312 \begin_layout Standard
24326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24329 \begin_layout Standard
24343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24346 \begin_layout Standard
24360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24363 \begin_layout Standard
24378 <row topline="true">
24379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24382 \begin_layout Standard
24397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24400 \begin_layout Standard
24406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24409 \begin_layout Standard
24415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24418 \begin_layout Standard
24432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24435 \begin_layout Standard
24449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24452 \begin_layout Standard
24466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24469 \begin_layout Standard
24483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24486 \begin_layout Standard
24500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24503 \begin_layout Standard
24517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24520 \begin_layout Standard
24526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24529 \begin_layout Standard
24535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24538 \begin_layout Standard
24552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24555 \begin_layout Standard
24569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24572 \begin_layout Standard
24586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24589 \begin_layout Standard
24603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24606 \begin_layout Standard
24620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24623 \begin_layout Standard
24638 <row topline="true">
24639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24642 \begin_layout Standard
24657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24660 \begin_layout Standard
24666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24669 \begin_layout Standard
24675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24678 \begin_layout Standard
24692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24695 \begin_layout Standard
24709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24712 \begin_layout Standard
24726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24729 \begin_layout Standard
24743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24746 \begin_layout Standard
24760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24763 \begin_layout Standard
24777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24780 \begin_layout Standard
24786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24789 \begin_layout Standard
24795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24798 \begin_layout Standard
24802 \begin_layout Standard
24811 \begin_inset Note Note
24814 \begin_layout Standard
24825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24828 \begin_layout Standard
24842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24845 \begin_layout Standard
24859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24862 \begin_layout Standard
24876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24879 \begin_layout Standard
24893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24896 \begin_layout Standard
24911 <row topline="true">
24912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24915 \begin_layout Standard
24930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24933 \begin_layout Standard
24939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24942 \begin_layout Standard
24948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24951 \begin_layout Standard
24965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24968 \begin_layout Standard
24982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24985 \begin_layout Standard
24999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25002 \begin_layout Standard
25016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25019 \begin_layout Standard
25033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25036 \begin_layout Standard
25050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25053 \begin_layout Standard
25059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25062 \begin_layout Standard
25068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25071 \begin_layout Standard
25075 \begin_layout Standard
25084 \begin_inset Note Note
25087 \begin_layout Standard
25098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25101 \begin_layout Standard
25115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25118 \begin_layout Standard
25132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25135 \begin_layout Standard
25149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25152 \begin_layout Standard
25166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25169 \begin_layout Standard
25184 <row topline="true">
25185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25188 \begin_layout Standard
25203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25206 \begin_layout Standard
25212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25215 \begin_layout Standard
25221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25224 \begin_layout Standard
25238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25241 \begin_layout Standard
25255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25258 \begin_layout Standard
25272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25275 \begin_layout Standard
25289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25292 \begin_layout Standard
25306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25309 \begin_layout Standard
25323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25326 \begin_layout Standard
25332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25335 \begin_layout Standard
25341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25344 \begin_layout Standard
25348 \begin_layout Standard
25357 \begin_inset Note Note
25360 \begin_layout Standard
25371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25374 \begin_layout Standard
25388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25391 \begin_layout Standard
25405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25408 \begin_layout Standard
25422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25425 \begin_layout Standard
25439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25442 \begin_layout Standard
25457 <row topline="true">
25458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25461 \begin_layout Standard
25476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25479 \begin_layout Standard
25485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25488 \begin_layout Standard
25494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25497 \begin_layout Standard
25511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25514 \begin_layout Standard
25528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25531 \begin_layout Standard
25545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25548 \begin_layout Standard
25562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25565 \begin_layout Standard
25579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25582 \begin_layout Standard
25596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25599 \begin_layout Standard
25605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25608 \begin_layout Standard
25614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25617 \begin_layout Standard
25631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25634 \begin_layout Standard
25648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25651 \begin_layout Standard
25665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25668 \begin_layout Standard
25682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25685 \begin_layout Standard
25699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25702 \begin_layout Standard
25717 <row topline="true">
25718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25721 \begin_layout Standard
25736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25739 \begin_layout Standard
25745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25748 \begin_layout Standard
25754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25757 \begin_layout Standard
25771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25774 \begin_layout Standard
25788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25791 \begin_layout Standard
25805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25808 \begin_layout Standard
25822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25825 \begin_layout Standard
25839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25842 \begin_layout Standard
25856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25859 \begin_layout Standard
25865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25868 \begin_layout Standard
25874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25877 \begin_layout Standard
25891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25894 \begin_layout Standard
25908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25911 \begin_layout Standard
25925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25928 \begin_layout Standard
25942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25945 \begin_layout Standard
25959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25962 \begin_layout Standard
25977 <row topline="true">
25978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25981 \begin_layout Standard
25996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25999 \begin_layout Standard
26005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26008 \begin_layout Standard
26014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26017 \begin_layout Standard
26031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26034 \begin_layout Standard
26048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26051 \begin_layout Standard
26065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26068 \begin_layout Standard
26082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26085 \begin_layout Standard
26099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26102 \begin_layout Standard
26116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26119 \begin_layout Standard
26125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26128 \begin_layout Standard
26134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26137 \begin_layout Standard
26151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26154 \begin_layout Standard
26168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26171 \begin_layout Standard
26185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26188 \begin_layout Standard
26202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26205 \begin_layout Standard
26219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26222 \begin_layout Standard
26237 <row topline="true">
26238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26241 \begin_layout Standard
26256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26259 \begin_layout Standard
26265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26268 \begin_layout Standard
26274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26277 \begin_layout Standard
26291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26294 \begin_layout Standard
26308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26311 \begin_layout Standard
26325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26328 \begin_layout Standard
26342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26345 \begin_layout Standard
26359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26362 \begin_layout Standard
26376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26379 \begin_layout Standard
26385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26388 \begin_layout Standard
26394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26397 \begin_layout Standard
26411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26414 \begin_layout Standard
26428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26431 \begin_layout Standard
26445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26448 \begin_layout Standard
26462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26465 \begin_layout Standard
26479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26482 \begin_layout Standard
26497 <row topline="true">
26498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26501 \begin_layout Standard
26516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26519 \begin_layout Standard
26525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26528 \begin_layout Standard
26534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26537 \begin_layout Standard
26551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26554 \begin_layout Standard
26568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26571 \begin_layout Standard
26585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26588 \begin_layout Standard
26602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26605 \begin_layout Standard
26619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26622 \begin_layout Standard
26636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26639 \begin_layout Standard
26645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26648 \begin_layout Standard
26654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26657 \begin_layout Standard
26671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26674 \begin_layout Standard
26688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26691 \begin_layout Standard
26705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26708 \begin_layout Standard
26722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26725 \begin_layout Standard
26739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26742 \begin_layout Standard
26757 <row topline="true">
26758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26761 \begin_layout Standard
26776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26779 \begin_layout Standard
26785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26788 \begin_layout Standard
26794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26797 \begin_layout Standard
26811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26814 \begin_layout Standard
26828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26831 \begin_layout Standard
26845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26848 \begin_layout Standard
26864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26867 \begin_layout Standard
26881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26884 \begin_layout Standard
26898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26901 \begin_layout Standard
26907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26910 \begin_layout Standard
26916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26919 \begin_layout Standard
26933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26936 \begin_layout Standard
26950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26953 \begin_layout Standard
26967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26970 \begin_layout Standard
26984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26987 \begin_layout Standard
27001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27004 \begin_layout Standard
27019 <row topline="true">
27020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27023 \begin_layout Standard
27038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27041 \begin_layout Standard
27047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27050 \begin_layout Standard
27056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27059 \begin_layout Standard
27073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27076 \begin_layout Standard
27090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27093 \begin_layout Standard
27107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27110 \begin_layout Standard
27124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27127 \begin_layout Standard
27141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27144 \begin_layout Standard
27158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27161 \begin_layout Standard
27167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27170 \begin_layout Standard
27176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27179 \begin_layout Standard
27183 \begin_layout Standard
27192 \begin_inset Note Note
27195 \begin_layout Standard
27206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27209 \begin_layout Standard
27223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27226 \begin_layout Standard
27240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27243 \begin_layout Standard
27257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27260 \begin_layout Standard
27274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27277 \begin_layout Standard
27292 <row topline="true">
27293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27296 \begin_layout Standard
27311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27314 \begin_layout Standard
27320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27323 \begin_layout Standard
27329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27332 \begin_layout Standard
27346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27349 \begin_layout Standard
27363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27366 \begin_layout Standard
27380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27383 \begin_layout Standard
27397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27400 \begin_layout Standard
27414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27417 \begin_layout Standard
27431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27434 \begin_layout Standard
27440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27443 \begin_layout Standard
27449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27452 \begin_layout Standard
27466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27469 \begin_layout Standard
27483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27486 \begin_layout Standard
27500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27503 \begin_layout Standard
27517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27520 \begin_layout Standard
27534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27537 \begin_layout Standard
27552 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
27553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27556 \begin_layout Standard
27571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27574 \begin_layout Standard
27580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27583 \begin_layout Standard
27589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27592 \begin_layout Standard
27606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27609 \begin_layout Standard
27623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27626 \begin_layout Standard
27640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27643 \begin_layout Standard
27657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27660 \begin_layout Standard
27674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27677 \begin_layout Standard
27683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27686 \begin_layout Standard
27692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27695 \begin_layout Standard
27701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27704 \begin_layout Standard
27718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27721 \begin_layout Standard
27735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27738 \begin_layout Standard
27752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27755 \begin_layout Standard
27769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27772 \begin_layout Standard
27786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27789 \begin_layout Standard
27816 \begin_layout Standard
27817 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
27819 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
27820 also the characters from
27832 \begin_layout Itemize
27841 \begin_layout Standard
27842 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
27847 \begin_layout Standard
27848 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
27853 \begin_layout Standard
27854 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
27859 \begin_layout Standard
27860 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
27865 \begin_layout Standard
27871 \begin_layout Standard
27877 \begin_layout Standard
27884 \begin_layout Standard
27885 The dead macron in usually not needed, as you will use a non--dead key for
27887 For example, S-M-minus, or if
27893 is correct, S-M-macron.
27902 \begin_layout Itemize
27915 \begin_layout Standard
27931 \begin_layout Standard
27949 \begin_layout Standard
27959 \begin_layout Standard
27980 \begin_layout Standard
27981 These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just
27982 fine when run through LaTeX and printed.
27990 \begin_layout Standard
28006 \begin_layout Standard
28017 \begin_layout Standard
28018 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
28019 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters .
28020 Also make sure you're using the
28024 font-encoding and have the package
28028 with the definition file
28035 \begin_layout Chapter
28039 \begin_layout Standard
28040 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
28041 (and we would encourage people to contribute !).
28044 \begin_layout Standard
28045 First, we need to give due credit to those who came before us.
28046 They gave us the base upon which the new manuals are built, and some continue
28047 to provide information:
28050 \begin_layout Itemize
28055 wrote the original documentation, from which this manual is built, as well
28056 as the introduction to this manual [or the
28057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28064 as some of us call it].
28067 \begin_layout Itemize
28070 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
28072 wrote several minidocs, including some of the information about international
28076 \begin_layout Itemize
28081 also wrote a minidoc about international support, specifically about internatio
28082 nal keyboard maps and customization.
28085 \begin_layout Itemize
28090 originally documented the LinuxDoc SGML interface.
28093 \begin_layout Itemize
28096 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
28098 originally documented math mode and provided the entries for the math functions
28104 \begin_layout Itemize
28105 Special thanks to the LyX Team\InsetSpace ~
28107 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lyxcredit}
28111 for help and answers to questions.
28114 \begin_layout Standard
28115 Next, it's time to give credit to the
28116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28119 LyX Documentation Team,
28120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28123 all of the people who helped rewrite the old documentation into the form
28124 it had after LyX version 0.10:
28127 \begin_layout Itemize
28136 \begin_layout Itemize
28137 Contributor to the FAQ and the old
28138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28152 \begin_layout Itemize
28153 General editing assistance.
28156 \begin_layout Itemize
28161 \begin_layout Itemize
28165 \begin_layout Itemize
28169 \begin_layout Itemize
28175 \begin_layout Itemize
28184 \begin_layout Itemize
28185 Primary contributor to
28190 \begin_layout Itemize
28191 Documentation of the basic LyX interface in
28197 \begin_layout Itemize
28206 \begin_layout Itemize
28207 Former maintainer of the FAQ and the old
28208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28222 \begin_layout Itemize
28223 Documentation of LinuxDoc in
28229 \begin_layout Itemize
28236 \begin_layout Itemize
28237 Documentation of figures and imported graphics in
28243 \begin_layout Itemize
28252 \begin_layout Itemize
28253 Documentation of internationalization features in
28259 \begin_layout Itemize
28266 \begin_layout Itemize
28271 \begin_layout Itemize
28275 \begin_layout Itemize
28279 \begin_layout Itemize
28283 \begin_layout Itemize
28289 \begin_layout Itemize
28296 \begin_layout Itemize
28297 Primary contributor to
28303 \begin_layout Itemize
28310 \begin_layout Itemize
28315 \begin_layout Itemize
28319 \begin_layout Itemize
28320 using LaTeX from within LyX
28325 \begin_layout Itemize
28334 \begin_layout Itemize
28335 General organization and format of the documents.
28338 \begin_layout Itemize
28343 \begin_layout Itemize
28347 \begin_layout Itemize
28348 paragraph environments, document layout, nesting, typography notes, fonts
28352 \begin_layout Itemize
28353 Also responsible for Introduction in
28358 \begin_layout Itemize
28359 Editor of the documents.
28360 [from 6/96-fall 1997]
28364 \begin_layout Standard
28365 After fall of 1997, the LyX Team as a whole took over maintenance of the
28369 \begin_layout Bibliography
28371 \bibitem {lyxcredit}
28376 \begin_layout Standard
28379 href{http://www.lyx.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/*checkout*/lyx-devel/lib/CREDITS?rev=HE
28380 AD&content-type=text/plain}{
28393 \begin_layout Standard
28402 \begin_layout Bibliography
28404 \bibitem {latexbook}
28407 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
28410 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
28413 \begin_layout Bibliography
28415 \bibitem {latexcompanion}
28416 Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin:
28418 The LaTeX Companion.
28421 Addison-Wesley, 1994
28424 \begin_layout Bibliography
28426 \bibitem {latexguide}
28432 \begin_layout Bibliography